US20060188508A1 - Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis - Google Patents
Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20060188508A1 US20060188508A1 US11/357,922 US35792206A US2006188508A1 US 20060188508 A1 US20060188508 A1 US 20060188508A1 US 35792206 A US35792206 A US 35792206A US 2006188508 A1 US2006188508 A1 US 2006188508A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- txr1
- cells
- angiogenesis
- tsp
- expression
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 101
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 70
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 39
- 101100260777 Arabidopsis thaliana PAM16L2 gene Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 114
- 101100191580 Homo sapiens PRR13 gene Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 114
- 102100022636 Proline-rich protein 13 Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 110
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 86
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 88
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 abstract description 33
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 22
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 187
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 123
- 102100036034 Thrombospondin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 109
- 108010046722 Thrombospondin 1 Proteins 0.000 description 108
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 90
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 90
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 90
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 84
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 56
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 49
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 49
- 229940123237 Taxane Drugs 0.000 description 45
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 39
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 36
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 35
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 35
- DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N taxane Chemical class C([C@]1(C)CCC[C@@H](C)[C@H]1C1)C[C@H]2[C@H](C)CC[C@@H]1C2(C)C DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 34
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 32
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 31
- 102100032913 Leukocyte surface antigen CD47 Human genes 0.000 description 27
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 27
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 26
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 25
- 101000868279 Homo sapiens Leukocyte surface antigen CD47 Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 24
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 24
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 22
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- -1 nucleic acid compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 20
- 108010017447 4N1K peptide Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 17
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 231100000002 MTT assay Toxicity 0.000 description 16
- 238000000134 MTT assay Methods 0.000 description 16
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 16
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 15
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 13
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108010045374 CD36 Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 11
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 9
- 108010072915 NAc-Sar-Gly-Val-(d-allo-Ile)-Thr-Nva-Ile-Arg-ProNEt Proteins 0.000 description 9
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 8
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940009456 adriamycin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 8
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 8
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 8
- RIWLPSIAFBLILR-WVNGMBSFSA-N (2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s,3s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s,3r)-2-[[(2r,3s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[2-[acetyl(methyl)amino]acetyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethy Chemical compound CC(=O)N(C)CC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC RIWLPSIAFBLILR-WVNGMBSFSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102000049320 CD36 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 7
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 7
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000001772 anti-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 101100288095 Klebsiella pneumoniae neo gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 6
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- QXRSDHAAWVKZLJ-OXZHEXMSSA-N Epothilone B Natural products O=C1[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)CCC[C@@]2(C)O[C@H]2C[C@@H](/C(=C\c2nc(C)sc2)/C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C1(C)C QXRSDHAAWVKZLJ-OXZHEXMSSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 5
- HESCAJZNRMSMJG-HGYUPSKWSA-N epothilone A Natural products O=C1[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)CCC[C@H]2O[C@H]2C[C@@H](/C(=C\c2nc(C)sc2)/C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C1(C)C HESCAJZNRMSMJG-HGYUPSKWSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QXRSDHAAWVKZLJ-PVYNADRNSA-N epothilone B Chemical compound C/C([C@@H]1C[C@@H]2O[C@]2(C)CCC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1)O)C)=C\C1=CSC(C)=N1 QXRSDHAAWVKZLJ-PVYNADRNSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 231100000225 lethality Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 5
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700024394 Exon Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091034057 RNA (poly(A)) Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 4
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010293 colony formation assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000036457 multidrug resistance Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000014399 negative regulation of angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940046166 oligodeoxynucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 4
- 230000006459 vascular development Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',6-Diamino-2-phenylindol Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710098610 Leukocyte surface antigen CD47 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000244206 Nematoda Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000004005 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000459 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010038933 Retinopathy of prematurity Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010039710 Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000005017 glioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000861 pro-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(octadecanoyloxy)propyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020003589 5' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 2
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100038132 Endogenous retrovirus group K member 6 Pro protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 2
- ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N Erythromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091060211 Expressed sequence tag Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000595835 Gallus gallus Tubulin beta-1 chain Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000625722 Gallus gallus Tubulin beta-4 chain Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000619118 Homo sapiens Proline-rich protein 13 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091026898 Leader sequence (mRNA) Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091027974 Mature messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000018262 Peripheral vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010081690 Pertussis Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100033237 Pro-epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100024819 Prolactin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010057464 Prolactin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010240 RT-PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710100968 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010034634 Repressor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009661 Repressor Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010070834 Sensitisation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000012288 TUNEL assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091036066 Three prime untranslated region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000036815 beta tubulin Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000005880 cancer cell killing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940045200 cardioprotective agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012659 cardioprotective agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000030570 cellular localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004624 confocal microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000007877 drug screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004528 endothelial cell apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003197 gene knockdown Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000011066 hemangioma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000014304 histidine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002411 histidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000057320 human PRR13 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003125 immunofluorescent labeling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000013383 initial experiment Methods 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003670 luciferase enzyme activity assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- XOJVVFBFDXDTEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pristane Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C XOJVVFBFDXDTEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940097325 prolactin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013930 proline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000004252 protein component Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000026267 regulation of growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000003345 scintillation counting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008313 sensitization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000029729 tumor suppressor gene on chromosome 11 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDEIXVOBVLKYNT-VQBXQJRRSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-[(1s,2s,3r,4s,6r)-4,6-diamino-3-[(2r,3r,6s)-3-amino-6-(1-aminoethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]oxy-5-methyl-4-(methylamino)oxane-3,5-diol;(2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-[(1s,2s,3r,4s,6r)-4,6-diamino-3-[(2r,3r,6s)-3-amino-6-(aminomethyl)oxan-2-yl]o Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H](CC[C@@H](CN)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N.O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H](CC[C@H](O2)C(C)N)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N.O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N RDEIXVOBVLKYNT-VQBXQJRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFJMJLXCBVKXNY-IVZWLZJFSA-N 1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-prop-1-ynylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C#CC)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 HFJMJLXCBVKXNY-IVZWLZJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJXJIUHGLVUXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2',7'-difluoro-3',6'-dihydroxyspiro[2-benzofuran-3,9'-xanthene]-1-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(F)=C(O)C=C1OC1=C2C=C(F)C(O)=C1 FJXJIUHGLVUXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXHRCPNRJAMMIM-SHYZEUOFSA-N 2'-deoxyuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 MXHRCPNRJAMMIM-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-SHYZEUOFSA-N 2'‐deoxycytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFFPVEVGHKMWLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3,7-dihydropurin-6-one;3,7-dihydropurin-6-one Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2.O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1NC=N2 BFFPVEVGHKMWLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 2-deoxy-D-ribose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CC=O ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRFXOICDDKDRNA-IVZWLZJFSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-prop-1-ynylpyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C(C#CC)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 ZRFXOICDDKDRNA-IVZWLZJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-ULQXZJNLSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-tritiopyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C([3H])=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-ULQXZJNLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KISUPFXQEHWGAR-RRKCRQDMSA-N 4-amino-5-bromo-1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 KISUPFXQEHWGAR-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-hydroxybenzoate Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(C([O-])=O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- LUCHPKXVUGJYGU-XLPZGREQSA-N 5-methyl-2'-deoxycytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 LUCHPKXVUGJYGU-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHRSUDSXCMQTMA-PJHHCJLFSA-N 6alpha-methylprednisolone Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)CO)CC[C@H]21 VHRSUDSXCMQTMA-PJHHCJLFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000050 Abdominal adhesions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010370 Adenoviridae Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010060931 Adenovirus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010002199 Anaphylactic shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003120 Angiofibroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037260 Atherosclerotic Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010004446 Benign prostatic hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005949 Bone cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018084 Bone neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101800001415 Bri23 peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000011691 Burkitt lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102400000107 C-terminal peptide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800000655 C-terminal peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000017897 Carcinoma of esophagus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003732 Cat-scratch disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004821 Contact adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010011017 Corneal graft rejection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012623 DNA damaging agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007400 DNA extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Deoxycytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-AMTYYWEZSA-N Digoxin Natural products O([C@H]1[C@H](C)O[C@H](O[C@@H]2C[C@@H]3[C@@](C)([C@@H]4[C@H]([C@]5(O)[C@](C)([C@H](O)C4)[C@H](C4=CC(=O)OC4)CC5)CC3)CC2)C[C@@H]1O)[C@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O[C@H]2O[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@@H](O)C1 LTMHDMANZUZIPE-AMTYYWEZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001269524 Dura Species 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000009273 Endometriosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000461 Esophageal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000270 Ficain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006027 G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030782 GTP binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000022072 Gallbladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000590002 Helicobacter pylori Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010073073 Hepatobiliary cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000947178 Homo sapiens Platelet basic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000884271 Homo sapiens Signal transducer CD24 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000659879 Homo sapiens Thrombospondin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150003028 Hprt1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713340 Human immunodeficiency virus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100321817 Human parvovirus B19 (strain HV) 7.5K gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012745 Immunoglobulin Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079585 Immunoglobulin Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005350 Initiator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002260 Keloid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007993 MOPS buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032271 Malignant tumor of penis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010027406 Mesothelioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005741 Metalloproteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010006035 Metalloproteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713869 Moloney murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100438957 Mus musculus Cd8a gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000029578 Muscle disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010021466 Mutant Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008300 Mutant Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000009421 Myristica fragrans Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001045988 Neogene Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000004404 Neurofibroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150026055 Ngfr gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020003217 Nuclear RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043141 Nuclear RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-phosphoryl-L-serine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000821 Parathyroid Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010034238 Pelvic adhesions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002471 Penile Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034299 Penile cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002508 Peptide Elongation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068204 Peptide Elongation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000146510 Pereskia bleo Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000005702 Pertussis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036154 Platelet basic protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100038277 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003243 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038280 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003267 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000004403 Prostatic Hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010037649 Pyogenic granuloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012228 RNA interference-mediated gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004570 RNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000015634 Rectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000013290 Sagittaria latifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124639 Selective inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100038081 Signal transducer CD24 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010041067 Small cell lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000713880 Spleen focus-forming virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010043189 Telangiectasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057644 Testis cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024770 Thyroid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000390203 Trachoma Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108700009124 Transcription Initiation Site Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004357 Transferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000992 Transferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046431 Urethral cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046458 Urethral neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002495 Uterine Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046798 Uterine leiomyoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091008605 VEGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009484 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000711975 Vesicular stomatitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- WERKSKAQRVDLDW-ANOHMWSOSA-N [(2s,3r,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexyl] (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO WERKSKAQRVDLDW-ANOHMWSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000004064 acoustic neuroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000011589 adenoviridae infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005188 adrenal gland cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024447 adrenal gland neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010064930 age-related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010002022 amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000003455 anaphylaxis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940035674 anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121369 angiogenesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006427 angiogenic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124599 anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003050 axon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-FPRJBGLDSA-N beta-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-FPRJBGLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940022399 cancer vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009566 cancer vaccine Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021523 carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006473 carboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002458 carcinoid tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001364 causal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012592 cell culture supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022534 cell killing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006041 cell recruitment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003570 cell viability assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012829 chemotherapy agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012761 co-transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005757 colony formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015246 common arrowhead Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001945 cysteines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010061428 decreased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- MXHRCPNRJAMMIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N desoxyuridine Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 MXHRCPNRJAMMIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950006137 dexfosfoserine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-PUGKRICDSA-N digoxin Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](C)O[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H](O[C@@H](O[C@@H]3C[C@@H]4[C@]([C@@H]5[C@H]([C@]6(CC[C@@H]([C@@]6(C)[C@H](O)C5)C=5COC(=O)C=5)O)CC4)(C)CC3)C[C@@H]2O)C)C[C@@H]1O LTMHDMANZUZIPE-PUGKRICDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005156 digoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N digoxine Natural products C1C(O)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C(C)OC(OC2C(OC(OC3CC4C(C5C(C6(CCC(C6(C)C(O)C5)C=5COC(=O)C=5)O)CC4)(C)CC3)CC2O)C)CC1O LTMHDMANZUZIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dithiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002222 downregulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121647 egfr inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002337 electrophoretic mobility shift assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004836 empirical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004696 endometrium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003276 erythromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002270 exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940126864 fibroblast growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- POTUGHMKJGOKRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ficin Chemical compound FI=CI=N POTUGHMKJGOKRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019836 ficin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700004026 gag Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000007487 gallbladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012239 gene modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012226 gene silencing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940074045 glyceryl distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001279 glycosylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940037467 helicobacter pylori Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940022353 herceptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexol Chemical compound OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001969 hypertrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002519 immonomodulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000000509 infertility Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000535 infertility Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007154 intracellular accumulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001117 keloid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000010260 leiomyoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021601 lentivirus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004777 loss-of-function mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002669 lysines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001115 mace Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026045 malignant tumor of parathyroid gland Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012577 media supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002406 microsurgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N n'-amino-n-iminomethanimidamide Chemical compound N\N=C\N=N VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003880 negative regulation of appetite Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150091879 neo gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000003142 neovascular glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016087 ovulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002530 pancreatic endocrine carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000863 peptide conjugate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003200 peritoneal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SXADIBFZNXBEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidous acid Chemical group NP(O)O SXADIBFZNXBEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USRGIUJOYOXOQJ-GBXIJSLDSA-N phosphothreonine Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)O[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O USRGIUJOYOXOQJ-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphotyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=C1 DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000053 physical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010118 platelet activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108700004029 pol Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010094020 polyglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000015768 polyposis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000062645 predators Species 0.000 description 1
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001566 pro-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010469 pro-virus integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000004240 prostatic hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004853 protein function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010038038 rectal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001275 rectum cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N renifolin D Natural products CC(=C)[C@@H]1Cc2c(O)c(O)ccc2[C@H]1CC(=O)c3ccc(O)cc3O BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004017 serum-free culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004927 skin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001467 sodium calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- FIAFUQMPZJWCLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N suramin Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=C2C(NC(=O)C3=CC=C(C(=C3)NC(=O)C=3C=C(NC(=O)NC=4C=C(C=CC=4)C(=O)NC=4C(=CC=C(C=4)C(=O)NC=4C5=C(C=C(C=C5C(=CC=4)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)C)C=CC=3)C)=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C2=C1 FIAFUQMPZJWCLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005314 suramin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000009056 telangiectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003120 testicular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000002510 thyroid cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008467 tissue growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010044325 trachoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000000717 tumor promoter Substances 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000397 ulcer Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010046766 uterine cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046885 vaginal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013139 vaginal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004066 vascular targeting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
- C07K14/4701—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
- C07K14/4747—Apoptosis related proteins
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
- C07K2319/40—Fusion polypeptide containing a tag for immunodetection, or an epitope for immunisation
- C07K2319/42—Fusion polypeptide containing a tag for immunodetection, or an epitope for immunisation containing a HA(hemagglutinin)-tag
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
- C07K2319/60—Fusion polypeptide containing spectroscopic/fluorescent detection, e.g. green fluorescent protein [GFP]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2799/00—Uses of viruses
- C12N2799/02—Uses of viruses as vector
- C12N2799/021—Uses of viruses as vector for the expression of a heterologous nucleic acid
- C12N2799/027—Uses of viruses as vector for the expression of a heterologous nucleic acid where the vector is derived from a retrovirus
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2800/00—Nucleic acids vectors
- C12N2800/60—Vectors containing traps for, e.g. exons, promoters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2830/00—Vector systems having a special element relevant for transcription
- C12N2830/001—Vector systems having a special element relevant for transcription controllable enhancer/promoter combination
- C12N2830/002—Vector systems having a special element relevant for transcription controllable enhancer/promoter combination inducible enhancer/promoter combination, e.g. hypoxia, iron, transcription factor
- C12N2830/003—Vector systems having a special element relevant for transcription controllable enhancer/promoter combination inducible enhancer/promoter combination, e.g. hypoxia, iron, transcription factor tet inducible
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2840/00—Vectors comprising a special translation-regulating system
- C12N2840/44—Vectors comprising a special translation-regulating system being a specific part of the splice mechanism, e.g. donor, acceptor
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
- C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
Definitions
- Angiogenesis refers to the growth and development blood vessels, e.g., arteries and veins.
- blood vessels e.g., arteries and veins.
- agents that promote angiogenesis have potential application in the treatment of conditions where new blood vessel growth is desired, e.g., in the treatment of heart disease conditions characterized by the presence of one or more partially or completely occluded blood vessels.
- agents that inhibit angiogenesis are potentially suitable for use in the treatment of disease conditions characterized by the growth of unwanted new blood vessels.
- One class of disease conditions falling into this latter category are those characterized by the presence of tumors, particularly vascularized tumors.
- compositions for modulating angiogenesis in a subject are provided. Aspects of the invention include administering an effective amount of a TXR1 modulatory agent, e.g., a TXR1 agonist or antagonist, to a subject. Embodiments of the methods find use in a variety of different applications, including the inhibition of tumor growth and the treatment of disease conditions characterized by tumor presence.
- a TXR1 modulatory agent e.g., a TXR1 agonist or antagonist
- FIGS. 1A to 1 E Identification and Characterization of Taxol Resistant Cell Clones.
- FIG. 1A Structure of integrated provirus derived from retroviral gene search vector (GSV). 3′ dLTR or 5′ dLTR (open boxes), designate defective retroviral long terminal repeats lacking promoter and enhancer sequences required for virion production; SA, splicing acceptor site from adenovirus; neo, reporter gene encodes resistance to G418 (arrow in box indicates the ‘sense’ direction of transcription; the broken arrow at the top indicates the location and 5′ to 3′ direction of the primer used for cloning genes adjacent to the integration site); TcRP (filled box), tetracycline regulated promoter; the arrow head above this box indicates the direction of transcription; (p, virus packaging signal; ( FIG.
- FIG. 1B Survival curves of cell clones resistant to taxol.
- Cell clones selected from functional screening were subjected to viability analysis by MTT assay.
- the surviving fraction in percentage (Y-axis) for cells treated with indicated taxol concentrations (nM) (X-axis) was calculated by normalizing the MTT assay readouts to the untreated control (set as 100%).
- Each data point represents the mean ⁇ SD from eight replicates;
- FIG. 1C Tc effect on taxol resistance in clone 18 .
- Equal numbers of M2182tTA and clone 18 cells were seeded and treated with the indicated concentration of taxane in the presence (+Tc) or absence ( ⁇ Tc) of tetracycline (1 ⁇ g/ml) for colony forming assays. Cell colonies were stained by 0.5% crystal violet. ( FIG. 1D ) Tc effect on taxol uptake in clone 18 . Equal numbers of the indicated cell lines were seeded, incubated with [ 3 H] taxol, washed, and subjected to scintillation counting for measuring the rate of uptake.
- FIG. 1E Gene expression of ⁇ -tubulin isoforms. Poly(A) RNAs extracted from indicated cell lines were used as templates to quantitatively analyze expression of ⁇ -tubulins I and III by RT-PCR. The cycle number and product size are indicated.
- FIGS. 2A-2F Cloning, Gene Expression, and Localization of txr1
- FIG. 2A Schematic diagram of GSV integration site and txr1 gene structure.
- GSV provirus integrated inverse triangle, arrowhead indicates the direction of transcription from the Tc-regulated promoter
- the genomic nucleotide coordinate for the integration site and coordinates for the start and end of txr1 transcripts are indicated below the line in bold type.
- Four exons of txr1 gene are shown as solid boxes and the cDNA nucleotide coordinates for the start and end of each exon are italicized.
- the codons initiating and terminating translation start and stop, respectively
- FIG. 2B Txr1 protein sequence deduced from cDNA sequence. The peptide used as antigen for raising antibodies is underlined.
- FIG. 2C Effect of Tc on txr1 transcript in clone 18.
- Northern blot top panel
- poly(A) RNA extracted from indicated cells/conditions were fractionated by electrophoresis, transferred onto filter, and probed with radioactively labeled txr1 and ⁇ -actin cDNA fragments. The size of the txr1 transcript is indicated.
- the same RNAs were used as template for RT-PCR analysis (bottom panel), the cycle number and product size of the RT-PCR product are indicated.
- FIG. 2D Effect of Tc on Txr1 protein in clone 18.
- Cell lysates extracted from indicated cells/conditions were subjected to immunoblotting analysis and probed with anti-Txr1 and anti- ⁇ -tubulin antibodies.
- FIG. 2E Intracellular localization of Txr1.
- HeLa cells were immunofluorescence stained with preimmune serum (left, upper) or anti-Txr1 polyclonal antibodies (left, lower).
- Chinese hamster ovary cells transfected with pCMV-EGFPN1 (right, upper) or pEGFPTxr1 (right, lower) were stained with DAPI (blue). Fluorescent images were obtained by confocal microscopy.
- FIG. 2F Multiple tissue Northern blot. A filter (Clontech) containing RNA extracted from the indicated tissues was probed with radioactively labeled txr1 and ⁇ -actin cDNA fragments.
- FIGS. 3A to 3 H Downregulation of txr1 by siRNA Reduces the Taxol Resistance of Clone 18 ( FIGS. 3A-3D ) and Increases Taxol Sensitivity of Na ⁇ ve M2182tTA Cells ( FIGS. 3E-3H ) ( FIG. 3A ) and ( FIG. 3E ) Immunoblotting analysis effects of siRNA on Txr1 protein abundance. Clone 18 ( FIG. 3A ) and M2182tTA cells ( FIG.
- FIG. 3E Quantitative measurement of surviving fraction. Crystal violet stained surviving cells in panels ( FIG. 3B ) and ( FIG. 3F ) were incubated with DMSO and the absorbance was measured as indicated in Experimental Procedures. The fraction of surviving cells was determined by normalizing the readouts from taxol-treated cells (lower row of panel FIG. 3B and FIG.
- FIG. 3F to untreated controls (upper row in panel FIG. 3B and FIG. 3F ).
- Results are means ⁇ SD of two independent experiments.
- FIG. 3C and
- FIG. 3G Survival curves of cells with reduced Txr1 level.
- Clone 18 FIG. 3D
- M2182tTA FIG. 3H
- Survival rate in percentage for cells treated at indicated taxol concentration was calculated by normalizing the MTT assay readouts to the untreated control (set as 100%). Each data point represents the mean ⁇ SD from four replicates.
- FIG. 3D and ( FIG. 3H ) Effect of Txr1 deficiency on taxol resistance.
- Clone 18 ( FIG. 3B ) and M2182tTA cells ( FIG. 3F ) were transfected with siRNA (SI1 and SI2) against txr1 and with a scrambled-sequence control, and then seeded for colony formation assay in presence of the indicated concentration of taxol.
- FIGS. 4A to 4 E Upregulation of Txr1 Increases Elevated Taxol Resistance in Na ⁇ ve Cells.
- FIG. 4A Immunoblotting analysis. M2182tTA was infected with virus derived from pLESTTxr1 HA and two permanently expressing clones R1 ( FIG. 4B ) and R2 ( FIG. 4C ) were isolated. Cell lysates of cells as indicated were subjected to immunoblotting analysis and probed with anti-Txr1 and anti- ⁇ -tubulin antibodies.
- B and (C) Effect of Txr1 overexpression on taxol resistance in na ⁇ ve cells.
- Crystal violet stained surviving cells in panels (B) and (C) were incubated with DMSO and the absorbance was measured as indicated in Experimental Procedures. The fraction of surviving cells was determined by normalizing the readouts from taxol-treated cells (lower row of panel FIG. 4B and FIG. 4C ) to untreated controls (upper row in panel FIG. 4B and FIG. 4C ).
- FIGS. 5A to 5 D Effect of Txr1 on Transcription of TSP-1
- FIG. 5A Graphic representation of global effects of Txr1 upregulation on transcription as measured by cDNA microarray hybridization. cDNA corresponding to mRNA extracted from indicated cells/conditions was labeled with Cy5 (typed in red) or Cy3 (typed in green) for competitive hybridization on microarrays. Three independent hybridizations were performed for each pair of comparison. Color represents the direction of regulation in gene expression: green-decreased expression, red-increased expression and black-unchanged. Color saturation is proportional to the magnitude of the change in relative expression. The gene list is provided in Supplemental Data. The expression profiles for Txr1 and TSP-1 are displayed in lower panel.
- FIG. 5B Northern blot analysis. 5 ⁇ g of poly(A) RNAs from indicated cells/conditions were separated and probed with radioactively labeled TSP-1 and ⁇ -actin cDNA fragments.
- FIG. 5C Luciferase assay for TSP-1 promoter activity. pTSP1.7Luc was introduced by transfection into indicated cells cultured in the presence or absence of Tc and cells were lysed for analysis 48 hr after transfection. Cell lysates were subjected to immunoblotting analysis to detect protein abundance for indicated genes (upper panel). Relative luciferase units were calculated by normalizing luciferase activity with co-transfected ⁇ -gal activity (lower panel).
- Results represent the mean ⁇ SD from three independent measurements.
- FIG. 5D Correlations among expression profiles of txr1 (green squares) and TSP-1 (red circles) gene expression and cellular sensitivity to taxol (blue triangles) in 13 tumor cell-lines. Data for gene expression and drug sensitivity were extracted and analyzed as described in Experimental Procedures. The Y-axis represents either expression data (for green and red curves) that have been transformed into the base 2 logarithm, or drug sensitivity (for blue curve) that was represented as the negative base 10 logarithm of G150 ( ⁇ log G150, drug concentration caused 50% of growth inhibition in molar units).
- the X-axis indicates each of 13 cancer cell-lines, which are 1: OVCAR-4 (ovarian cancer), 2:MDA-MB-231 (breast cancer), 3: SNB-75 (renal carcinoma), 4: SF-268 (glioblastoma), 5: SK-MEL-2 (melanoma), 6: SK-OV-3 (ovarian cancer), 7:HS — 578T (breast cancer), 8: ADR-RES (unknown), 9: RXF-393 (renal carcinoma), 10: U251 (glioblastoma), 11: UO-31 (renal carcinoma), 12: EKVX (non small cell lung cancer), and 13: BT-549 (breast cancer).
- FIGS. 6A to 6 G TSP-1 Effects on Taxol Resistance
- FIG. 6A Dosage dependent reversal of taxol resistance in clone 18 by TSP-1. Cells treated with the indicated concentrations of TSP-1 were subjected to analysis of viability by MTT assay at various concentrations of taxol. The percentage of surviving cells was calculated by normalizing the MTT assay readouts to the untreated control, which was set as 100%. Each data point represents the mean ⁇ SD from four replicates.
- FIG. 6B TSP-1 effects on taxol sensitivity of na ⁇ ve cells. Cell viability of M2182tTA cells treated with taxol or TSP-1 alone, or both concurrently (as indicated) was assessed by MTT assay.
- FIG. 6C The drug sensitizing effect of TSP-1 is specific to taxol. Cell viability of clone 18 cells treated with indicated drugs in the presence or absence TSP-1 was assessed by MTT assay. Histograms represent mean ⁇ SD of four independent repeat experiments. Abbreviations are: AD-250 ng/ml adriamycin, ET-1 ⁇ M etoposide, VB-10 nM vinblastine, VC-10 nM vincristine, EpoB-7.5 nM epothilone B, and TX-10 nM taxol. ( FIG.
- TSP-1 enhancement of drug sensitivity of na ⁇ ve cells is specific to taxol.
- Cell viability of M2182tTA cells treated with indicated drugs in the presence of absence of TSP-1 was assessed by MTT assay. Abbreviations are the same as in panel B.
- FIG. 6E TSP-1 enhances cellular sensitivity to taxol by triggering apoptotic cell death.
- Clone 18 cells grown on coverslips were treated with taxol or TSP-1 alone, or both as indicated.
- the apoptotic cells were labeled by TUNEL reagent and viewed by confocal microscopy. The bright green fluorescent nuclear spots represent TUNEL positive cells.
- FIG. 6F Immunoblotting analysis of na ⁇ ve cells transfected with siRNA against TSP-1. Lysates of M2182tTA cells transfected with siRNA against TSP-1 or with a scrambled-sequence control siRNA were subjected to immunoblotting analysis and probed with anti-TSP-1 and anti- ⁇ -tubulin antibodies.
- FIG. 6G Effect of TSP-1 deficiency on taxol resistance in na ⁇ ve cells. Taxol sensitivity of M2182tTA cells transfected with siRNA against TSP-1 or a scrambled-sequence control was analyzed by colony formation assay.
- FIGS. 7A to 7 D TSP-1's Signal is Mediated Through CD47
- FIG. 7A Expression of TSP-1 receptors on cells. Clone 18 (left panels) and M2182tTA (right panels) cells were stained with anti-CD36 antibody (upper panels) and anti-CD47 (lower panels) and analyzed by flow cytometry. X-axis in histogram is the fluorescence intensity and y-axis is the frequency in percentage (maximum number is set as 100%). Cells stained with isotype control antibody were used to define the baseline and indicate as dotted lines.
- FIG. 7B Effect of 4N1K (CD47 agonist peptide) on taxol sensitivity.
- FIG. 7D Effect of anti-CD47 antibody and pertussis toxin on taxol cytotoxicity.
- Cell viability of M2182tTA (left and center panels) and clone 18 (right panel) cells treated with the indicated concentrations of taxol in the presence of 10 ⁇ g/ml of anti-CD47 antibody or control isotype IgG (left and right panels) or 0.5 ⁇ g/ml of pertussis toxin (middle panel) was assessed by MTT assay.
- Clone 18 cells were treated concurrently with 250 ⁇ M 4N1K.
- TXR1 modulatory agent e.g., TXR1 agonist or antagonist
- Embodiments of the methods find use in a variety of different applications, including the inhibition of tumor growth and the treatment of disease conditions characterized by tumor presence.
- aspects of the invention include methods of modulating angiogenesis (i.e., vascular development) in a subject.
- angiogenesis is meant the formation of new blood vessels.
- modulating is meant that the subject methods change, e.g., enhance or inhibit, angiogenesis in a subject, as compared to a control.
- the angiogenesis modulation may result from one or more different mechanisms.
- the subject invention may change angiogenesis through modulation, either directly or indirectly, of the transcription of angiogenic genes in cell, which modulation in turn results in modulation of angiogenesis in a subject in which the cell is present.
- angiogenic gene is meant a gene that encodes a factor or protein which participates in angiogenesis and/or vascular development, i.e., which is involved in the production or growth of new blood vessels, e.g. through the development and growth of particular cell types, via the recruitment of cells to a particular location, etc.
- the factor or protein may or may not interact with one or more additional proteins/factors to result in its angiogenic activity.
- a gene is considered to be an angiogenic gene if it encodes a product that is involved at any stage of angiogenesis.
- aspects of the invention include administering to a subject an effective amount of a TXR1 modulatory agent, e.g., a TXR1 agonist or TXR1 antagonist.
- a TXR1 modulatory agent e.g., a TXR1 agonist or TXR1 antagonist.
- effective amount is meant a dosage sufficient to produce the desired result, e.g., an inhibition in angiogenesis, impairment of vascular formation, an enhancement of angiogenesis, or an improvement in a disease condition or the symptoms associated therewith associated with or resulting from unwanted angiogenesis.
- the TXR1 modulatory agent may be a TXR1 activity inhibitory agent (i.e., TXR1 antagonist) or a TXR1 activity enhancing agent (i.e., TXR1 agonist).
- Agonists refer to molecules that increase activity of TXR1.
- Antagonists refer to molecules that inhibit TXR1 activity.
- TXR1 modulatory agent an agent that changes or alters the activity of TXR1 in a subject.
- the amino acid sequence of human TXR1 and encoding nucleic acids thereof are provided below.
- the TXR1 modulatory agent employed in certain embodiments of the invention is one that in some way changes or alters TXR1 activity and therefore angiogenesis in the subject. In other words, the agent enhances or decreases angiogenesis of in the subject, where modulation is determined in reference to an appropriate control.
- the modulatory agent that is employed in embodiments of the methods may be any agent that, upon administration to the subject, changes the TXR1 activity of the subject.
- the agent is one that inhibitis TXR1 activity of the subject, i.e., such that angiogenesis of the subject is inhibited.
- the agent is one that enhances TXR1 activity of the subject, i.e., such that angiogenesis of the subject is enhanced.
- the agent is an agent that targets TXR1.
- the agent may be an agent that modulates, e.g., inhibits or enhances, expression of functional TXR1.
- Inhibition of TXR1 expression may be accomplished using any convenient means, including use of an agent that inhibits TXR1 expression, such as, but not limited to: antisense agents, RNAi agents, agents that interfere with transcription factor binding to a promoter sequence of the TXR1 gene, or inactivation of the TXR1 gene, e.g., through recombinant techniques, etc.
- an agent that inhibits TXR1 expression such as, but not limited to: antisense agents, RNAi agents, agents that interfere with transcription factor binding to a promoter sequence of the TXR1 gene, or inactivation of the TXR1 gene, e.g., through recombinant techniques, etc.
- antisense molecules can be used to down-regulate expression of TXR1 in the cell.
- the anti-sense reagent may be antisense oligodeoxynucleotides (ODN), particularly synthetic ODN having chemical modifications from native nucleic acids, or nucleic acid constructs that express such anti-sense molecules as RNA.
- ODN antisense oligodeoxynucleotides
- the antisense sequence is complementary to the mRNA of the targeted repressor protein, and inhibits expression of the targeted repressor protein.
- Antisense molecules inhibit gene expression through various mechanisms, e.g., by reducing the amount of mRNA available for translation, through activation of RNAse H, or steric hindrance.
- One or a combination of antisense molecules may be administered, where a combination may include multiple different sequences.
- Antisense molecules may be produced by expression of all or a part of the target gene sequence in an appropriate vector, where the transcriptional initiation is oriented such that an antisense strand is produced as an RNA molecule.
- the antisense molecule is a synthetic oligonucleotide.
- Antisense oligonucleotides will generally be at least about 7, usually at least about 12, more usually at least about 20 nucleotides in length, and not more than about 500, usually not more than about 50, more usually not more than about 35 nucleotides in length, where the length is governed by efficiency of inhibition, specificity, including absence of cross-reactivity, and the like. It has been found that short oligonucleotides, of from 7 to 8 bases in length, can be strong and selective inhibitors of gene expression (see Wagner et al. (1996), Nature Biotechnol. 14:840-844).
- a specific region or regions of the endogenous sense strand mRNA sequence is chosen to be complemented by the antisense sequence.
- Selection of a specific sequence for the oligonucleotide may use an empirical method, where several candidate sequences are assayed for inhibition of expression of the target gene in an in vitro or animal model.
- a combination of sequences may also be used, where several regions of the mRNA sequence are selected for antisense complementation.
- Antisense oligonucleotides may be chemically synthesized by methods known in the art (see Wagner et al. (1993), supra, and Milligan et al., supra.) Oligonucleotides may be chemically modified from the native phosphodiester structure, in order to increase their intracellular stability and binding affinity. A number of such modifications have been described in the literature, which alter the chemistry of the backbone, sugars or heterocyclic bases.
- phosphorothioates Among useful changes in the backbone chemistry are phosphorothioates; phosphorodithioates, where both of the non-bridging oxygens are substituted with sulfur; phosphoroamidites; alkyl phosphotriesters and boranophosphates.
- Achiral phosphate derivatives include 3′-O′-5′-S-phosphorothioate, 3′-S-5′-O-phosphorothioate, 3′-CH 2 -5′-O-phosphonate and 3′-NH-5′-O-phosphoroamidate.
- Peptide nucleic acids replace the entire ribose phosphodiester backbone with a peptide linkage. Sugar modifications are also used to enhance stability and affinity.
- the ⁇ -anomer of deoxyribose may be used, where the base is inverted with respect to the natural ⁇ -anomer.
- the 2′-OH of the ribose sugar may be altered to form 2′-O-methyl or 2′-O-allyl sugars, which provides resistance to degradation without comprising affinity. Modification of the heterocyclic bases must maintain proper base pairing. Some useful substitutions include deoxyuridine for deoxythymidine; 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine and 5-bromo-2′-deoxycytidine for deoxycytidine. 5-propynyl-2′-deoxyuridine and 5-propynyl-2′-deoxycytidine have been shown to increase affinity and biological activity when substituted for deoxythymidine and deoxycytidine, respectively.
- catalytic nucleic acid compounds e.g. ribozymes, anti-sense conjugates, etc. may be used to inhibit gene expression.
- Ribozymes may be synthesized in vitro and administered to the patient, or may be encoded on an expression vector, from which the ribozyme is synthesized in the targeted cell (for example, see International patent application WO 9523225, and Beigelman et al. (1995), Nucl. Acids Res. 23:4434-42). Examples of oligonucleotides with catalytic activity are described in WO 9506764.
- Conjugates of anti-sense ODN with a metal complex, e.g. terpyridylCu(II), capable of mediating mRNA hydrolysis are described in Bashkin et al. (1995), Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 54:43-56.
- RNAi agents e.g., double-strand RNA (Sharp (1999) Genes and Development 13: 139-141).
- RNAi such as double-stranded RNA interference (dsRNAi) or small interfering RNA (siRNA)
- dsRNAi double-stranded RNA interference
- siRNA small interfering RNA
- RNAi agents may be dsRNA or a transcriptional template of the interfering ribonucleic acid which can be used to produce dsRNA in a cell.
- the transcriptional template may be a DNA that encodes the interfering ribonucleic acid.
- Methods and procedures associated with RNAi are also described in WO 03/010180 and WO 01/68836, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- dsRNA can be prepared according to any of a number of methods that are known in the art, including in vitro and in vivo methods, as well as by synthetic chemistry approaches. Examples of such methods include, but are not limited to, the methods described by Sadher et al. (Biochem. Int. 14:1015, 1987); by Bhattacharyya (Nature 343:484, 1990); and by Livache, et al. (U.S. Pat. No.
- Single-stranded RNA can also be produced using a combination of enzymatic and organic synthesis or by total organic synthesis.
- the use of synthetic chemical methods enable one to introduce desired modified nucleotides or nucleotide analogs into the dsRNA.
- dsRNA can also be prepared in vivo according to a number of established methods (see, e.g., Sambrook, et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed.; Transcription and Translation (B. D. Hames, and S. J. Higgins, Eds., 1984); DNA Cloning, volumes I and II (D. N.
- RNA can be directly introduced intracellularly.
- Various physical methods are generally utilized in such instances, such as administration by microinjection (see, e.g., Zernicka-Goetz, et al. (1997) Development 124:1133-1137; and Wianny, et al. (1998) Chromosoma 107: 430-439).
- cellular delivery include permeabilizing the cell membrane and electroporation in the presence of the dsRNA, liposome-mediated transfection, or transfection using chemicals such as calcium phosphate.
- a number of established gene therapy techniques can also be utilized to introduce the dsRNA into a cell. By introducing a viral construct within a viral particle, for instance, one can achieve efficient introduction of an expression construct into the cell and transcription of the RNA encoded by the construct.
- the TXR1 gene is inactivated so that it no longer expresses a functional protein.
- inactivated is meant that the gene, e.g., coding sequence and/or regulatory elements thereof, is genetically modified so that it no longer expresses functional a functional TXR1 protein, e.g., at least with respect to TXR1 pathway mediated taxane resistance.
- the alteration or mutation may take a number of different forms, e.g., through deletion of one or more nucleotide residues, through exchange of one or more nucleotide residues, and the like.
- One means of making such alterations in the coding sequence is by homologous recombination.
- Also of interest in certain embodiments are dominant negative mutants of TXR1, where expression of such mutants in the cell result in a modulation, e.g., decrease, in TXR1 pathway mediated taxane resistance of the cell.
- Dominant negative mutants of TXR1 are mutant proteins that exhibit dominant negative TXR1 activity.
- the term “dominant-negative TXR1 activity” or “dominant negative activity” refers to the inhibition, negation, or diminution of certain particular activities of TXR1, and specifically to TXR1 mediated taxane resistance. Dominant negative mutations are readily generated for corresponding proteins.
- mutant polypeptide may interact with wild-type polypeptides (made from the other allele) and form a non-functional multimer. In certain embodiments, the mutant polypeptide will be overproduced. Point mutations are made that have such an effect.
- fusion of different polypeptides of various lengths to the terminus of a protein, or deletion of specific domains can yield dominant negative mutants.
- the agent is an agent that modulates, e.g., inhibits, TXR1 activity by binding to TXR1.
- small molecules that bind to the TXR1 and inhibit its activity are of interest.
- Naturally occurring or synthetic small molecule compounds of interest include numerous chemical classes, such as organic molecules, e.g., small organic compounds having a molecular weight of more than 50 and less than about 2,500 daltons.
- Candidate agents comprise functional groups for structural interaction with proteins, particularly hydrogen bonding, and typically include at least an amine, carbonyl, hydroxyl or carboxyl group, preferably at least two of the functional chemical groups.
- the candidate agents may include cyclical carbon or heterocyclic structures and/or aromatic or polyaromatic structures substituted with one or more of the above functional groups.
- Candidate agents are also found among biomolecules including peptides, saccharides, fatty acids, steroids, purines, pyrimidines, derivatives, structural analogs or combinations thereof. Such molecules may be identified, among other ways, by employing the screening protocols described below.
- the TXR1 binding agent may be an antibody agent, e.g. a neutralizing antibody agent.
- antibody or “antibody moiety” is intended to include any polypeptide chain-containing molecular structure with a specific shape that fits to and recognizes an epitope, where one or more non-covalent binding interactions stabilize the complex between the molecular structure and the epitope.
- Antibodies that bind specifically to the TXR1 target are referred to as anti-TXR1 target antibodies.
- the specific or selective fit of a given structure and its specific epitope is sometimes referred to as a “lock and key” fit.
- the archetypal antibody molecule is the immunoglobulin, and all types of immunoglobulins, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgE, IgD, etc., from all sources, e.g. human, rodent, rabbit, cow, sheep, pig, dog, other mammal, chicken, other avians, etc., are considered to be “antibodies.”
- Antibodies utilized in the present invention maybe polyclonal antibodies, although monoclonal antibodies are employed in certain embodiments because they may be reproduced by cell culture or recombinantly, and can be modified to reduce their antigenicity.
- Polyclonal antibodies can be raised by a standard protocol by injecting a production animal with an antigenic composition, formulated as described above. See, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988.
- a TXR1 antigen comprising an antigenic portion of the TXR1 target polypeptide is initially injected into any of a wide variety of mammals (e.g., mice, rats, rabbits, sheep or goats).
- antibodies When utilizing an entire protein, or a larger section of the protein, antibodies may be raised by immunizing the production animal with the protein and a suitable adjuvant (e.g., Fruend's, Fruend's complete, oil-in-water emulsions, etc.)
- a suitable adjuvant e.g., Fruend's, Fruend's complete, oil-in-water emulsions, etc.
- a suitable adjuvant e.g., Fruend's, Fruend's complete, oil-in-water emulsions, etc.
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
- the peptide-conjugate is injected into the animal host, preferably according to a predetermined schedule incorporating one or more booster immunizations, and the animals are bled periodically.
- Polyclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide may then be purified from such antisera by, for example, affinity chromatography using the polypeptide coupled to a suitable solid support.
- hybridomas may be formed by isolating the stimulated immune cells, such as those from the spleen of the inoculated animal. These cells are then fused to immortalized cells, such as myeloma cells or transformed cells, which are capable of replicating indefinitely in cell culture, thereby producing an immortal, immunoglobulin-secreting cell line.
- immortalized cells such as myeloma cells or transformed cells, which are capable of replicating indefinitely in cell culture, thereby producing an immortal, immunoglobulin-secreting cell line.
- the immortal cell line utilized is preferably selected to be deficient in enzymes necessary for the utilization of certain nutrients.
- Many such cell lines (such as myelomas) are known to those skilled in the art, and include, for example: thymidine kinase (TK) or hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoriboxyl transferase (HGPRT). These deficiencies allow selection for fused cells according to their ability to grow on, for example, hypoxanthine aminopter
- the immortal fusion partners utilized are derived from a line that does not secrete immunoglobulin.
- the resulting fused cells, or hybridomas are cultured under conditions that allow for the survival of fused, but not unfused, cells and the resulting colonies screened for the production of the desired monoclonal antibodies. Colonies producing such antibodies are cloned, expanded, and grown so as to produce large quantities of antibody, see Kohler and Milstein, 1975 Nature 256:495 (the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference).
- mice Large quantities of monoclonal antibodies from the secreting hybridomas may then be produced by injecting the clones into the peritoneal cavity of mice and harvesting the ascites fluid therefrom.
- the mice preferably primed with pristane, or some other tumor-promoter, and immunosuppressed chemically or by irradiation, may be any of various suitable strains known to those in the art.
- the ascites fluid is harvested from the mice and the monoclonal antibody purified therefrom, for example, by CM Sepharose column or other chromatographic means.
- the hybridomas may be cultured in vitro or as suspension cultures. Batch, continuous culture, or other suitable culture processes may be utilized. Monoclonal antibodies are then recovered from the culture medium or supernatant.
- the antibodies or antigen binding fragments may be produced by genetic engineering.
- antibody-producing cells are sensitized to the desired antigen or immunogen.
- the messenger RNA isolated from the immune spleen cells or hybridomas is used as a template to make cDNA using PCR amplification.
- a library of vectors, each containing one heavy chain gene and one light chain gene retaining the initial antigen specificity, is produced by insertion of appropriate sections of the amplified immunoglobulin cDNA into the expression vectors.
- a combinatorial library is constructed by combining the heavy chain gene library with the light chain gene library.
- the vectors that carry these genes are co-transfected into a host (e.g. bacteria, insect cells, mammalian cells, or other suitable protein production host cell.).
- a host e.g. bacteria, insect cells, mammalian cells, or other suitable protein production host cell.
- antibody gene synthesis is induced in the transfected host, the heavy and light chain proteins self-assemble to produce active antibodies that can be detected by screening with the antigen or immunogen.
- recombinant antibodies are produced in a recombinant protein production system which correctly glycosylates and processes the immunoglobulin chains, such as insect or mammalian cells.
- a recombinant protein production system which correctly glycosylates and processes the immunoglobulin chains, such as insect or mammalian cells.
- An advantage to using insect cells, which utilize recombinant baculoviruses for the production of antibodies, is that the baculovirus system allows production of mutant antibodies much more rapidly than stably transfected mammalian cell lines.
- insect cells have been shown to correctly process and glycosylate eukaryotic proteins, which prokaryotic cells do not.
- the baculovirus expression of foreign protein has been shown to constitute as much as 50-75% of the total cellular protein late in viral infection, making this system an excellent means of producing milligram quantities of the recombinant antibodies.
- Antibodies with a reduced propensity to induce a violent or detrimental immune response in humans such as anaphylactic shock
- which also exhibit a reduced propensity for priming an immune response which would prevent repeated dosage with the antibody therapeutic or imaging agent are preferred for use in the invention.
- humanized, chimeric, or xenogenic human antibodies, which produce less of an immune response when administered to humans, are preferred for use in the present invention.
- Chimeric antibodies may be made by recombinant means by combining the murine variable light and heavy chain regions (VK and VH), obtained from a murine (or other animal-derived) hybridoma clone, with the human constant light and heavy chain regions, in order to produce an antibody with predominantly human domains.
- VK and VH murine variable light and heavy chain regions
- the production of such chimeric antibodies is well known in the art, and may be achieved by standard means (as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,624,659, incorporated fully herein by reference).
- Humanized antibodies are engineered to contain even more human-like immunoglobulin domains, and incorporate only the complementarity-determining regions of the animal-derived antibody.
- polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies may be produced from animals that have been genetically altered to produce human immunoglobulins. Techniques for generating such animals, and deriving antibodies therefrom, are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,162,963 and 6,150,584, incorporated fully herein by reference.
- single chain antibodies can be produced from phage libraries containing human variable regions. See U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,708.
- immunoglobulin fragments comprising the epitope binding site (e.g., Fab′, F(ab′) 2 , or other fragments) are useful as antibody moieties in the present invention.
- Such antibody fragments may be generated from whole immunoglobulins by ficin, pepsin, papain, or other protease cleavage.
- “Fragment,” or minimal immunoglobulins may be designed utilizing recombinant immunoglobulin techniques.
- Fv immunoglobulins for use in the present invention may be produced by linking a variable light chain region to a variable heavy chain region via a peptide linker (e.g., poly-glycine or another sequence which does not form an alpha helix or beta sheet motif).
- a peptide linker e.g., poly-glycine or another sequence which does not form an alpha helix or beta sheet motif.
- Fv fragments are heterodimers of the variable heavy chain domain (V H ) and the variable light chain domain (V L ).
- the heterodimers of heavy and light chain domains that occur in whole IgG, for example, are connected by a disulfide bond.
- Recombinant Fvs in which V H and V L are connected by a peptide linker are typically stable, see, for example, Huston et al., Proc. Natl. Acad, Sci. USA 85:5879-5883 (1988) and Bird et al., Science 242:423-426 (1988), both fully incorporated herein, by reference.
- immunoglobulins with added chemical linkers, detectable moieties, such as fluorescent dyes, enzymes, substrates, chemiluminescent moieties and the like, or specific binding moieties, such as streptavidin, avidin, or biotin, and the like may be utilized in the methods and compositions of the present invention.
- detectable moieties such as fluorescent dyes, enzymes, substrates, chemiluminescent moieties and the like
- specific binding moieties such as streptavidin, avidin, or biotin, and the like
- streptavidin avidin
- avidin avidin
- biotin biotin
- Candidate antibodies can be tested for activity by any suitable standard means. As a first screen, the antibodies may be tested for binding against the immunogen, or protein. As a second screen, candidates may be tested for binding to an appropriate cell line. For these screens, the candidate antibody may be labeled for detection. After selective binding to the protein target is established, the candidate antibody agent may be tested for appropriate activity (i.e., the ability to increase taxane sensitivity to cells) in an in vitro or in vivo model.
- appropriate activity i.e., the ability to increase taxane sensitivity to cells
- the TXR1 modulatory agent is an agent that enhances TXR1 activity, e.g., so that angiogenesis is enhanced in a subject.
- the TXR1 modulatory agent is a TXR1 agonist.
- the TXR1 genes, gene fragments, or the encoded protein or protein fragments, e.g., peptides (such as TXR1 mimetics) are useful to modulate, e.g., enhance, TXR1 activity in a subject. Upregulation of expression is achieved in a number of ways. Coding sequences may be introduced to increase expression levels. Binding agonists, for example, a peptide that mimics TXR1 binding and retains TXR1 activity, at least with respect to increasing angiogenesis, may be used.
- an expression vector encoding a polypeptide can be used to express the encoded product in cells lacking the sequence, or to over-express the product.
- Various promoters can be used that are constitutive or subject to external regulation, where in the latter situation, one can turn on or off the transcription of a gene.
- These coding sequences may include full-length cDNA or genomic clones, fragments derived therefrom, or chimeras that combine a naturally occurring sequence with functional or structural domains of other coding sequences.
- the introduced sequence may encode an anti-sense sequence; be an anti-sense oligonucleotide; encode a dominant negative mutation, or dominant or constitutively active mutations of native sequences; altered regulatory sequences, etc.
- RNA capable of encoding gene product sequences may be chemically synthesized using, for example, synthesizers. See, for example, the techniques described in “Oligonucleotide Synthesis”, 1984, Gait, M. J. ed., IRL Press, Oxford.
- Expression constructs may contain promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells, e.g., metallothionein promoter, elongation factor promoter, actin promoter, etc., from mammalian viruses, e.g., the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter, SV40 late promoter, cytomegalovirus, etc.
- mammalian viruses e.g., the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter, SV40 late promoter, cytomegalovirus, etc.
- a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized, e.g. retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus, herpesvirus, and the like.
- the coding sequence of interest may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g., the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination.
- Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the gene product in infected hosts (see Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659).
- Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted gene product coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences.
- Standard systems for generating adenoviral vectors for expression on inserted sequences are available from commercial sources, for example the Adeno-XTM expression system from Clontech (Clontechniques (January 2000) p. 10-12).
- methods are used that achieve a high efficiency of transfection, and therefore circumvent the need for using selectable markers.
- selectable markers may include adenovirus infection (see, for example Wrighton, 1996, J. Exp. Med. 183: 1013; Soares, J. Immunol., 1998, 161: 4572; Spiecker, 2000, J. Immunol 164: 3316; and Weber, 1999, Blood 93: 3685); and lentivirus infection (for example, International Patent Application WO000600; or WO9851810).
- Adenovirus-mediated gene transduction of endothelial cells has been reported with 100% efficiency.
- Retroviral vectors also can have a high efficiency of infection with endothelial cells, with reported infection efficiencies of 40-77%.
- Other vectors of interest include lentiviral vectors, for examples, see Barry et al. (2000) Hum Gene Ther 11(2):323-32; and Wang et al. (2000) Gene Ther 7(3): 196-200.
- a vector construct may include drug resistance genes (neo, dhfr, hprt, gpt, bleo, puro etc) enzymes ( ⁇ -galactosidase, alkaline phosphatase etc) fluorescent genes (e.g. GFP, RFP, BFP, YFP) or surface markers (e.g. CD24, NGFr, Lyt-2 etc).
- drug resistance genes no, dhfr, hprt, gpt, bleo, puro etc
- enzymes ⁇ -galactosidase, alkaline phosphatase etc
- fluorescent genes e.g. GFP, RFP, BFP, YFP
- surface markers e.g. CD24, NGFr, Lyt-2 etc.
- the gene or protein may be introduced into tissues or host cells by any number of routes, including viral infection, microinjection, or fusion of vesicles. Jet injection may also be used for intra-muscular administration, as described by Furth et al. (1992), Anal Biochem 205:365-368.
- the DNA may be coated onto gold microparticles, and delivered intradermally by a particle bombardment device, or “gene gun” as described in the literature (see, for example, Tang et al. (1992), Nature 356:152-154), where gold microprojectiles are coated with the DNA, then bombarded into skin cells.
- the gene corresponding to a selected polynucleotide is identified, its expression can be regulated in the cell to which the gene is native.
- an endogenous gene of a cell can be regulated by an exogenous regulatory sequence as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,670; the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- TXR1 itself or active fragments, as well as mimetics, thereof.
- Biologically active fragments, mutants, or analogues of TXR1 are tested for the ability to enhance taxane sensitivity. Fragments are recombinantly produced or generated by enzymatic digestion.
- small molecule agonists or antagonists e.g., as may be identified with the screening assays described below, of the above-described proteins or active fragments thereof, such as those described above in connection with TXR1.
- the TXR1 modulatory agent may be administered to the host using any convenient protocol capable of producing the desired result.
- the agent can be incorporated into a variety of formulations for therapeutic administration. More particularly, the agent can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants and aerosols.
- administration of the agent can be achieved in various ways, including oral, buccal, rectal, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intradermal, transdermal, intracheal, etc., administration.
- the agent may be administered alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically active compounds.
- the following methods and excipients are merely exemplary and are in no way limiting.
- the agent can be used alone or in combination with appropriate additives to make tablets, powders, granules or capsules, for example, with conventional additives, such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch; with binders, such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators, such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; with lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate; and if desired, with diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives and flavoring agents.
- conventional additives such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch
- binders such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins
- disintegrators such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose
- lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate
- the agent can be formulated into preparations for injection by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying them in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent, such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol; and if desired, with conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
- the agent can be utilized in aerosol formulation to be administered via inhalation.
- the agent can be formulated into pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like.
- the agent can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases.
- bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases.
- the agents can be administered rectally via a suppository.
- the suppository can include vehicles such as cocoa butter, carbowaxes and polyethylene glycols, which melt at body temperature, yet are solidified at room temperature.
- Unit dosage forms for oral or rectal administration such as syrups, elixirs, and suspensions may be provided wherein each dosage unit, for example, teaspoonful, tablespoonful, tablet or suppository, contains a predetermined amount of the composition containing active agent.
- unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may comprise the active agent in a composition as a solution in sterile water, normal saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- unit dosage form refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human and animal subjects, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of compounds of the present invention calculated in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or vehicle.
- the specifications for the novel unit dosage forms of the present invention depend on the particular compound employed and the effect to be achieved, and the pharmacodynamics associated with each compound in the host.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as vehicles, adjuvants, carriers or diluents, are readily available to the public.
- pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, stabilizers, wetting agents and the like, are readily available to the public.
- dose levels can vary as a function of the specific compound, the severity of the symptoms and the susceptibility of the subject to side effects. Dosages for a given compound are readily determinable by those of skill in the art by a variety of means.
- aspects of the invention include increasing angiogenesis, as described herein, in any subject in need thereof, e.g., a subject that has been diagnosed with a condition that can be treated by enhancing angiogenesis in the subject.
- Increasing angiogenesis can be useful, for example, for healing of wounds, fractures, and burns, as well as treating inflammatory diseases, heart disease, e.g., restenosis, ischeric heart, myocardial infarction and peripheral vascular diseases (e.g., in diabetics).
- Enhancing angiogenesis can also be useful in, e.g., treating stroke, infertility, scleroderma as well as following microsurgery and re-attachment of limbs, digits, and organs. Promotion of angiogenesis can also aid in accelerating various physiological processes and treatment of diseases requiring increased vascularization such as the healing of wounds, fractures, and burns, inflammatory diseases, ischeric heart, and peripheral vascular diseases.
- aspects of the invention include decreasing angiogenesis, as described herein, in any subject in need thereof, e.g., a subject that has been diagnosed with a condition that can be treated by decreasing angiogenesis in the subject.
- decreasing TXR1 activity thereby decreasing angiogenesis, is useful to inhibit formation, growth and/or metastasis of tumors, especially solid tumors.
- tumors including carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, lympohomas, sarcomas, and other solid tumors, as described in U.S. Pat. No.
- tumors blood born tumors such as leukemias; tumor metastasis; benign tumors, for example hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas.
- angiogenesis is reduced according to the methods of the invention in subjects having, e.g., carcinomas, gliomas, mesotheliomas, melanomas, lymphomas, leukemias, adenocarcinomas, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, glioblastoma, leukemia, lymphoma, prostate cancer, and Burkitt's lymphoma, head and neck cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, cancer of the esophagus, stomach cancer, pancreatic cancer, hepatobiliary cancer, cancer of the gallbladder, cancer of the small intestine, rectal cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, penile cancer, urethral cancer, testicular cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal cancer, uterine cancer, ovarian cancer, thyroid cancer, parathyroid cancer, adrenal cancer, pancreatic endocrine cancer, carcinoid cancer, bone cancer, skin cancer, reti
- disorders involving unwanted or problematic angiogenesis include rheumatoid arthritis; psoriasis; ocular angiogenic diseases, for example, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis; Osler-Webber Syndrome; myocardial angiogenesis; plaque neovascularization; telangiectasia; hemophiliac joints; angiofibroma; disease of excessive or abnormal stimulation of endothelial cells, including intestinal adhesions, Crohn's disease, skin diseases such as psoriasis, excema, and scleroderma, diabetes, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, age-related macular degeneration, atherosclerosis, scleroderma, wound granulation and
- Angiogenic inhibitors can be used to prevent or inhibit adhesions, especially intra-peritoneal or pelvic adhesions such as those resulting after open or laproscopic surgery, and bum contractions.
- Other conditions which should be beneficially treated using the angiogenesis inhibitors include prevention of scarring following transplantation, cirrhosis of the liver, pulmonary fibrosis following acute respiratory distress syndrome or other pulmonary fibrosis of the newborn, implantation of temporary prosthetics, and adhesions after surgery between the brain and the dura. Endometriosis, polyposis, cardiac hypertrophyy, as well as obesity, may also be treated by inhibition of angiogenesis.
- TXR1 may involve increases in size or growth of other types of normal tissue, such as uterine fibroids, prostatic hypertrophy, and amyloidosis.
- Modulators of TXR1 may be used prophylactically or therapeutically for any of the disorders or diseases described herein. Decreasing TXR1 activity can also be used in the prevention of neovascularization to effectively treat a host of disorders.
- the decreasing angiogenesis can be used as part of a treatment for disorders of blood vessels (e.g., hemangiomas and capillary proliferation within atherosclerotic plaques), muscle diseases (e.g., myocardial angiogenesis, myocardial infarction or angiogenesis within smooth muscles), joints (e.g., arthritis, hemophiliac joints, etc.), and other disorders associated with angiogenesis.
- disorders of blood vessels e.g., hemangiomas and capillary proliferation within atherosclerotic plaques
- muscle diseases e.g., myocardial angiogenesis, myocardial infarction or angiogenesis within smooth muscles
- joints e.g., arthritis, hemophiliac joints, etc.
- other disorders associated with angiogenesis e.g., arthritis, hemophiliac joints, etc.
- the inhibition of angiogenesis can be used to modulate or prevent the occurrence of normal physiological conditions associated with neovascularization.
- the inventive method can be used as a birth control.
- decreasing TXR1 activity within the ovaries or endometrium can attenuate neovascularization associated with ovulation, implantation of an embryo, placenta formation, etc.
- Another condition that may be treated according to the subject methods is undesired pregnancy, where use of the subject methods can be employed to pharmacologically terminate a pregnancy prior to term, where such applications include animal, particularly mammalian, population control, e.g., to control undesirably large populations of wild animals, domestic animals, etc.
- treatment is meant at least an amelioration of the symptoms associated with the disease condition afflicting the host, where amelioration is used in a broad sense to refer to at least a reduction in the magnitude of a parameter, e.g. symptom, associated with the pathological condition being treated, such as size of tumor, rate of growth of tumor, spread of tumor, etc.
- a parameter e.g. symptom
- treatment also includes situations where the pathological condition, or at least symptoms associated therewith, are completely inhibited, e.g. prevented from happening, or stopped, e.g. terminated, such that the host no longer suffers from the pathological condition, or at least the symptoms that characterize the pathological condition.
- hosts are treatable according to the subject methods.
- Such hosts are “mammals” or “mammalian,” where these terms are used broadly to describe organisms which are within the class mammalia, including the orders carnivore (e.g., dogs and cats), rodentia (e.g., mice, guinea pigs, and rats), and primates (e.g., humans, chimpanzees, and monkeys).
- the hosts will be humans.
- TXR1 purified TXR1
- other components in the TXR1 pathway e.g., TSP-1 etc.
- Two or more of the components may be combined in vitro, and the behavior assessed in terms of activation of transcription of specific target sequences; modification of protein components, e.g. proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, methylation, etc.; ability of different protein components to bind to each other, etc.
- the components may be modified by sequence deletion, substitution, etc. to determine the functional role of specific residues.
- Drug screening may be performed using an in vitro model, a genetically altered cell or animal, or purified TXR1 protein.
- Drug screening identifies agents that mimic TXR1 activity, either as an antagonist or as an agonist.
- assays may be used for this purpose, including labeled in vitro protein-protein binding assays, electrophoretic mobility shift assays, immunoassays for protein binding, and the like.
- agent as used herein describes any molecule, e.g. protein or pharmaceutical, with the capability of altering or mimicking the physiological function of TXR1.
- a plurality of assay mixtures are run in parallel with different agent concentrations to obtain a differential response to the various concentrations.
- one of these concentrations serves as a negative control, i.e., at zero concentration or below the level of detection.
- Candidate agents encompass numerous chemical classes, such as organic molecules, e.g., small organic compounds having a molecular weight of more than 50 and less than about 2,500 daltons.
- Candidate agents comprise functional groups necessary for structural interaction with proteins, particularly hydrogen bonding, and typically include at least an amine, carbonyl, hydroxyl or carboxyl group, preferably at least two of the functional chemical groups.
- the candidate agents often comprise cyclical carbon or heterocyclic structures and/or aromatic or polyaromatic structures substituted with one or more of the above functional groups.
- Candidate agents are also found among biomolecules including peptides, saccharides, fatty acids, steroids, purines, pyrimidines, derivatives, structural analogs or combinations thereof.
- Candidate agents are obtained from a wide variety of sources including libraries of synthetic or natural compounds. For example, numerous means are available for random and directed synthesis of a wide variety of organic compounds and biomolecules, including expression of randomized oligonucleotides and oligopeptides. Alternatively, libraries of natural compounds in the form of bacterial, fungal, plant and animal extracts are available or readily produced. Additionally, natural or synthetically produced libraries and compounds are readily modified through conventional chemical, physical and biochemical means, and may be used to produce combinatorial libraries. Known pharmacological agents may be subjected to directed or random chemical modifications, such as acylation, alkylation, esterification, amidification, etc. to produce structural analogs.
- the screening assay is a binding assay
- the label can directly or indirectly provide a detectable signal.
- Various labels include radioisotopes, fluorescers, chemiluminescers, enzymes, specific binding molecules, particles, e.g. magnetic particles, and the like.
- Specific binding molecules include pairs, such as biotin and streptavidin, digoxin and antidigoxin, etc.
- the complementary member would normally be labeled with a molecule that provides for detection, in accordance with known procedures.
- reagents may be included in the screening assay. These include reagents like salts, neutral proteins, e.g. albumin, detergents, etc. that are used to facilitate optimal protein-protein binding and/or reduce non-specific or background interactions. Reagents that improve the efficiency of the assay, such as protease inhibitors, nuclease inhibitors, anti-microbial agents, etc. may be used.
- the mixture of components is added in any order that provides for the requisite binding. Incubations are performed at any suitable temperature, typically between 4 and 40° C. Incubation periods are selected for optimum activity, but may also be optimized to facilitate rapid high-throughput screening. Typically between 0.1 and 1 hours will be sufficient.
- the compounds having the desired pharmacological activity may be administered in a physiologically acceptable carrier to a host for treatment of hypertension, etc.
- the compounds may also be used to enhance TXR1 function as a cardioprotective agent; for treatment of hypertension; for appetite suppression, for activity relating to the release of prolactin, regulation of growth hormone release; etc.
- the agents may be administered in a variety of ways, orally, topically, parenterally e.g. subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, by viral infection, intravascularly, etc.
- the compounds may be formulated in a variety of ways.
- the concentration of therapeutically active compound in the formulation may vary from about 0.1-10 wt %.
- screening assays designed to find TXR1 pathway modulatory agents of the invention, where such agents may find use in a variety of applications, including as therapeutic agents, as described above, e.g., for angiogenesis modulation.
- the screening methods may be assays which provide for qualitative/quantitative measurements of TXR1 pathway mediated angiogenesis in the presence of a particular candidate therapeutic agent.
- the screening method may be an in vitro or in vivo format, where both formats are readily developed by those of skill in the art.
- Modulators of TXR1 activity can be supplied alone or in combination with one or more other active agents.
- TXR1 antagonists can be supplied alone or in conjunction with one or more other drugs.
- Possible combination partners can include, e.g., additional anti-angiogenic factors and/or chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., cytotoxic agents) or radiation, a cancer vaccine, an immunomodulatory agent, an anti-vascular agent, a signal transduction inhibitor, an antiproliferative agent, or an apoptosis inducer.
- Inhibitors of TXR1 can be used in conjunction with antibodies and peptides that block integrin engagement, proteins and small molecules that inhibit metalloproteinases (e.g., marmistat), agents that block phosphorylation cascades within endothelial cells (e.g., herbamycin), dominant negative receptors for known inducers of angiogenesis, antibodies against inducers of angiogenesis or other compounds that block their activity (e.g., suramin), or other compounds (e.g., retinoids, IL-4, interferons, etc.) acting by other means.
- metalloproteinases e.g., marmistat
- agents that block phosphorylation cascades within endothelial cells e.g., herbamycin
- dominant negative receptors for known inducers of angiogenesis e.g., antibodies against inducers of angiogenesis or other compounds that block their activity (e.g., suramin), or other compounds (e.g., retinoids
- TXR1 may modulate angiogenesis by different mechanisms
- employing inhibitors of TXR1 in combination with other antiangiogenic agents in certain embodiments provides a more potent (and in certain embodiments synergistic) inhibition of angiogenesis within the desired tissue.
- Anti-angiogenesis agents such as MMP-2 (matrix-metalloprotienase 2) inhibitors, MMP-9 (matrix-metalloprotienase 9) inhibitors, and COX-II (cyclooxygenase 11) inhibitors, can be used in conjunction with inhibitors of CCX-CKR2 and pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
- Inhibitors of CCX-CKR2 can also be used with signal transduction inhibitors, such as agents that can inhibit EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor) responses, such as EGFR antibodies, EGF antibodies, and molecules that are EGFR inhibitors; VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor) inhibitors, such as VEGF receptors and molecules that can inhibit VEGF; and erbB2 receptor inhibitors, such as organic molecules or antibodies that bind to the erbB2 receptor, for example, HERCEPTIN.multidot. (Genentech, Inc. of South San Francisco, Calif., USA).
- signal transduction inhibitors such as agents that can inhibit EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor) responses, such as EGFR antibodies, EGF antibodies, and molecules that are EGFR inhibitors; VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor) inhibitors, such as VEGF receptors and molecules that can inhibit VEGF; and erbB2 receptor inhibitors, such as organic molecules or antibodies that bind to the
- Molecules that increase or decrease TXR1 activity can also be combined with other drugs including drugs that promote angiogenesis and/or wound healing.
- drugs that promote angiogenesis and/or wound healing include drugs that promote angiogenesis and/or wound healing.
- medico-surgically useful substances or therapeutic agents e.g., those which can further intensify the angiogenic response, and/or accelerate and/or beneficially modify the healing process when the composition is applied to the desired site requiring angiogenesis.
- at least one of several hormones, growth factors or mitogenic proteins can be included in the-composition, e.g., fibroblast growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, macrophage derived growth factor, etc.
- antimicrobial agents can be included in the compositions, e.g., antibiotics such as gentamicin sulfate, or erythromycin.
- Other medico-surgically useful agents can include anti-inflammatories, analgesics, anesthetics, rubifacients, enzymes, antihistamines and dyes.
- Molecules that decrease TXR1 activity can also be combined with other drugs including drugs for treating arthritis.
- agents include anti-inflammatory therapeutic agents.
- glucocorticosteroids such as prednisolone and methylprednisolone
- Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs are also used to suppress inflammation.
- NSAIDs inhibit the cyclooxygenase (COX) enzymes, COX-1 and COX-2, which are central to the production of prostaglandins produced in excess at sites of inflammation.
- COX cyclooxygenase
- COX-2 cyclooxygenase
- the inflammation-promoting cytokine, tumor necrosis factor alpha. (TNF- ⁇ ) is associated with multiple inflammatory events, including arthritis, and anti-TNF- ⁇ therapies are being used clinically.
- compositions for administration to a subject. More particularly, the compounds of the present invention can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants and aerosols.
- the formulations may be designed for administration via a number of different routes, including oral, buccal, rectal, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intradermal, transdermal, intracheal, etc., administration.
- the compounds may be administered in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or they may also be used alone or in appropriate association, as well as in combination, with other pharmaceutically active compounds.
- the following methods and excipients are merely exemplary and are in no way limiting.
- compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
- Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
- excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
- the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
- a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the technique described in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
- Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
- an oil medium for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
- excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethycellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorb
- the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
- preservatives for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
- coloring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
- coloring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate
- flavoring agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
- sweetening agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
- Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
- the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
- a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerin, glycerin, glycerin, glycerin, glycerin, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsions.
- the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these.
- Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- the emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavouring agents.
- Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
- the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol.
- Suitable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
- the compounds can be formulated into preparations for injection by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying them in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent, such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol; and if desired, with conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
- the compounds can be utilized in aerosol formulation to be administered via inhalation.
- the compounds of the present invention can be formulated into pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like.
- the compounds can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases.
- bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases.
- the compounds of the present invention can be administered rectally via a suppository.
- the suppository can include vehicles such as cocoa butter, carbowaxes and polyethylene glycols, which melt at body temperature, yet are solidified at room temperature.
- transdermal compositions or transdermal delivery devices (“patches”).
- Such compositions include, for example, a backing, active compound reservoir, a control membrane, liner and contact adhesive.
- transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts.
- the construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,023,252, issued Jun. 11, 1991, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
- the pharmaceutical composition may contain other pharmaceutically acceptable components, such a buffers, surfactants, antioxidants, viscosity modifying agents, preservatives and the like.
- a buffers such as sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium
- the aqueous cyclodextrin solution further comprise dextrose, e.g., about 5% dextrose.
- Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.01 mg to about 140 mg/kg of body weight per day are useful in representative embodiments, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per patient per day.
- inflammation may be effectively treated by the administration of from about 0.01 to 50 mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 3.5 g per patient per day.
- dose levels can vary as a function of the specific compound, the severity of the symptoms and the susceptibility of the subject to side effects. Dosages for a given compound are readily determinable by those of skill in the art by a variety of means.
- the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
- a formulation intended for the oral administration of humans may contain from 0.5 mg to 5 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition.
- Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg, or 1000 mg.
- unit dosage forms for oral or rectal administration such as syrups, elixirs, and suspensions may be provided wherein each dosage unit, for example, teaspoonful, tablespoonful, tablet or suppository, contains a predetermined amount of the composition containing one or more inhibitors.
- unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may comprise the inhibitor(s) in a composition as a solution in sterile water, normal saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- unit dosage form refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human and animal subjects, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of compounds of the present invention calculated in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or vehicle.
- the specifications for the novel unit dosage forms of the present invention depend on the particular peptidomimetic compound employed and the effect to be achieved, and the pharmacodynamics associated with each compound in the host.
- kits and systems that find use in practicing embodiments of the methods, such as those described as described above.
- kits and systems for practicing the subject methods may include one or more pharmaceutical formulations.
- the kits may include a single pharmaceutical composition, present as one or more unit dosages, where the composition may include one or more expression/activity inhibitor compounds.
- the kits may include two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, each containing a different active compound.
- the subject kits may further include instructions for practicing the subject methods. These instructions may be present in the subject kits in a variety of forms, one or more of which may be present in the kit.
- One form in which these instructions may be present is as printed information on a suitable medium or substrate, e.g., a piece or pieces of paper on which the information is printed, in the packaging of the kit, in a package insert, etc.
- Yet another means would be a computer readable medium, e.g., diskette, CD, etc., on which the information has been recorded.
- Yet another means that may be present is a website address which may be used via the internet to access the information at a removed site. Any convenient means may be present in the kits.
- system refers to a collection of two or more different active agents, present in a single or disparate composition, that are brought together for the purpose of practicing the subject methods.
- TXR1 The amino acid sequence of human TXR1 is provided in FIG. 2B (SEQ ID NO:16). Nucleic acids encoding all or significant portions of TXR1 polypeptides include those deposited and assigned accession nos. NM — 001005355; NM — 018457; NP — 001005355; NM — 001005354 and NP — 001005354, as reviewed in greater detail below in the Experimental Section.
- native TXR1 or modifications thereof may be used.
- Peptides of interest as immunogens and for screening methods, e.g. competitive receptor binding include fragments of at least about 12 contiguous amino acids, more usually at least about 20 contiguous amino acids, and may comprise 30 or more amino acids, up to the provided peptide, and may extend further to comprise other sequences present in the precursor protein.
- Peptides of interest for therapeutic purposes may include all or substantially all of the provided peptide, or may comprise fragments thereof that retain the biological activity of TXR1. Such peptides may be amidated, and may comprise substantially all of the mature peptide sequence, i.e.
- Deletions may extend from residue 1 through 10 of the peptide, and may further delete additionally amino acids at residues 10-15 or more. Smaller deletions, of from 1 to 5 amino acids, may be deleted in the N-terminus.
- the sequence of the TXR1 polypeptide may be altered in various ways known in the art to generate targeted changes in sequence.
- the polypeptide will usually be substantially similar to the sequences provided herein, i.e. will differ by at least one amino acid, and may differ by at least two but not more than about ten amino acids.
- the sequence changes may be substitutions, insertions or deletions. Scanning mutations that systematically introduce alanine, or other residues, may be used to determine key amino acids.
- Conservative amino acid substitutions typically include substitutions within the following groups: (glycine, alanine); (valine, isoleucine, leucine); (aspartic acid, glutamic acid); (asparagine, glutamine); (serine, threonine); (lysine, arginine); or (phenylalanine, tyrosine).
- Modifications of interest that do not alter primary sequence include chemical derivatization of polypeptides, e.g., acetylation, or carboxylation. Also included are modifications of glycosylation, e.g. those made by modifying the glycosylation patterns of a polypeptide during its synthesis and processing or in further processing steps; e.g. by exposing the polypeptide to enzymes which affect glycosylation, such as mammalian glycosylating or deglycosylating enzymes. Also embraced are sequences that have phosphorylated amino acid residues, e.g. phosphotyrosine, phosphoserine, or phosphothreonine.
- modifications of glycosylation e.g. those made by modifying the glycosylation patterns of a polypeptide during its synthesis and processing or in further processing steps; e.g. by exposing the polypeptide to enzymes which affect glycosylation, such as mammalian glycosylating or deglycosylating enzymes
- polypeptides that have been modified using ordinary molecular biological techniques and synthetic chemistry so as to improve their resistance to proteolytic degradation or to optimize solubility properties or to render them more suitable as a therapeutic agent.
- the backbone of the peptide may be cyclized to enhance stability (see Friedler et al. (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275:23783-23789).
- Analogs of such polypeptides include those containing residues other than naturally occurring L-amino acids, e.g. D-amino acids or non-naturally occurring synthetic amino acids.
- the subject peptides may be prepared by in vitro synthesis, using conventional methods as known in the art.
- Various commercial synthetic apparatuses are available, for example, automated synthesizers by Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, Calif., Beckman, etc.
- synthesizers By using synthesizers, naturally occurring amino acids may be substituted with unnatural amino acids.
- the particular sequence and the manner of preparation will be determined by convenience, economics, purity required, and the like.
- cysteines can be used to make thioethers, histidines for linking to a metal ion complex, carboxyl groups for forming amides or esters, amino groups for forming amides, and the like.
- the polypeptides may also be isolated and purified in accordance with conventional methods of recombinant synthesis.
- a lysate may be prepared of the expression host and the lysate purified using HPLC, exclusion chromatography, gel electrophoresis, affinity chromatography, or other purification technique.
- the compositions which are used will comprise at least 20% by weight of the desired product, more usually at least about 75% by weight, preferably at least about 95% by weight, and for therapeutic purposes, usually at least about 99.5% by weight, in relation to contaminants related to the method of preparation of the product and its purification. Usually, the percentages will be based upon total protein.
- the invention includes nucleic acids having a sequence that encodes TXR1; nucleic acids that hybridize under stringent conditions, particularly conditions of high stringency, to such a sequence; genes corresponding to the provided nucleic acids; sequences encoding TXR1 polypeptides; and fragments and derivatives thereof.
- Other nucleic acid compositions contemplated by and within the scope of the present invention will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art when provided with the disclosure here.
- the nucleic acids of the invention include nucleic acids having sequence similarity or sequence identity to specific sequences deposited and assigned accession nos. NM — 001005355; NM — 018457; NP — 001005355; NM — 001005354 and NP — 001005354.
- Nucleic acids having sequence similarity are detected by hybridization under low stringency conditions, for example, at 50° C. and 10 ⁇ SSC (0.9 M saline/0.09 M sodium citrate) and remain bound when subjected to washing at 55° C. in 1 ⁇ SSC. Sequence identity can be determined by hybridization under stringent conditions, for example, at 50° C.
- nucleic acids that are substantially identical to the provided nucleic acid sequence e.g. allelic variants, genetically altered versions of the gene, etc., bind to the deposited sequences under stringent hybridization conditions.
- probes, particularly labeled probes of DNA sequences one can isolate homologous or related genes.
- the source of homologous genes can be any species, e.g. primate species, particularly human; rodents, such as rats and mice; canines, felines, bovines, ovines, equines, fish, yeast, nematodes, etc.
- hybridization is performed using at least 18 contiguous nucleotides (nt) of a known deposited sequence, or a DNA encoding the TXR1 polypeptide.
- a probe will preferentially hybridize with a nucleic acid comprising the complementary sequence, allowing the identification and retrieval of the nucleic acids that uniquely hybridize to the selected probe.
- Probes of more than 18 nt can be used, e.g., probes of from about 18 nt to about 25, 50,100, 250, or 500 nt, but 18 nt usually represents sufficient sequence for unique identification.
- Nucleic acids of the invention also include naturally occurring variants of the nucleotide sequences (e.g., degenerate variants, allelic variants, etc.). Variants of the nucleic acids of the invention are identified by hybridization of putative variants with nucleotide sequences disclosed herein, preferably by hybridization under stringent conditions. For example, by using appropriate wash conditions, variants of the nucleic acids of the invention can be identified where the allelic variant exhibits at most about 25-30% base pair (bp) mismatches relative to the selected nucleic acid probe. In general, allelic variants contain 15-25% bp mismatches, and can contain as little as even 5-15%, or 2-5%, or 1-2% bp mismatches, as well as a single bp mismatch.
- bp base pair
- the invention also encompasses homologs corresponding to the nucleic acids, where the source of homologous genes can be any mammalian species, e.g., primate species, particularly human; rodents, such as rats; canines, felines, bovines, ovines, equines, fish, yeast, nematodes, etc. Between mammalian species, e.g., human and mouse, homologs generally have substantial sequence similarity, e.g., at least 75% sequence identity, usually at least 90%, more usually at least 95% between nucleotide sequences.
- Sequence similarity is calculated based on a reference sequence, which may be a subset of a larger sequence, such as a conserved motif, coding region, flanking region, etc.
- a reference sequence will usually be at least about 18 contiguous nt long, more usually at least about 30 nt long, and may extend to the complete sequence that is being compared.
- Algorithms for sequence analysis are known in the art, such as gapped BLAST, described in Altschul et al. Nucl. Acids Res. (1997) 25:3389-3402.
- the subject nucleic acids can be cDNAs or genomic DNAs, as well as fragments thereof, particularly fragments that encode a biologically active polypeptide and/or are useful in the methods disclosed herein (e.g., in diagnosis, as a unique identifier of a differentially expressed gene of interest, etc.).
- cDNA as used herein is intended to include all nucleic acids that share the arrangement of sequence elements found in native mature mRNA species, where sequence elements are exons and 3′ and 5′ non-coding regions. Normally mRNA species have contiguous exons, with the intervening introns, when present, being removed by nuclear RNA splicing, to create a continuous open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of the invention.
- a genomic sequence of interest comprises the nucleic acid present between the initiation codon and the stop codon, as defined in the listed sequences, including all of the introns that are normally present in a native chromosome. It can further include the 3′ and 5′ untranslated regions found in the mature mRNA. It can further include specific transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences, such as promoters, enhancers, etc., including about 1 kb, but possibly more, of flanking genomic DNA at the 5′ and/or 3′ end of the transcribed region.
- the genomic DNA can be isolated as a fragment of 100 kbp or smaller; and substantially free of flanking chromosomal sequence.
- the genomic DNA flanking the coding region, either 3′ and 5′, or internal regulatory sequences as sometimes found in introns contains sequences required for proper tissue, stage-specific, or disease-state specific expression.
- nucleic acid compositions of the subject invention can encode all or a part of the subject polypeptides. Double or single stranded fragments can be obtained from the DNA sequence by chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides in accordance with conventional methods, by restriction enzyme digestion, by PCR amplification, etc.
- Isolated nucleic acids and nucleic acid fragments of the invention comprise at least about 18, about 50, about 100, to about 500 contiguous nt selected from the nucleic acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 1. For the most part, fragments will be of at least 18 nt, usually at least 25 nt, and up to at least about 50 contiguous nt in length or more.
- Probes specific to the nucleic acid of the invention can be generated using the nucleic acid sequences.
- the probes are preferably at least about 18 nt, 25nt or more of the corresponding contiguous sequence.
- the probes can be synthesized chemically or can be generated from longer nucleic acids using restriction enzymes.
- the probes can be labeled, for example, with a radioactive, biotinylated, or fluorescent tag.
- probes are designed based upon an identifying sequence of one of the provided sequences.
- probes are designed based on a contiguous sequence of one of the subject nucleic acids that remain unmasked following application of a masking program for masking low complexity (e.g., BLASTX) to the sequence, i.e., one would select an unmasked region, as indicated by the nucleic acids outside the poly-n stretches of the masked sequence produced by the masking program.
- a masking program for masking low complexity e.g., BLASTX
- nucleic acids of the subject invention are isolated and obtained in substantial purity, generally as other than an intact chromosome.
- the nucleic acids either as DNA or RNA, will be obtained substantially free of other naturally-occurring nucleic acid sequences, generally being at least about 50%, usually at least about 90% pure and are typically “recombinant,” e.g., flanked by one or more nucleotides with which it is not normally associated on a naturally occurring chromosome.
- the nucleic acids of the invention can be provided as a linear molecule or within a circular molecule, and can be provided within autonomously replicating molecules (vectors) or within molecules without replication sequences. Expression of the nucleic acids can be regulated by their own or by other regulatory sequences known in the art.
- the nucleic acids of the invention can be introduced into suitable host cells using a variety of techniques available in the art, such as transferrin polycation-mediated DNA transfer, transfection with naked or encapsulated nucleic acids, liposome-mediated DNA transfer, intracellular transportation of DNA-coated latex beads, protoplast fusion, viral infection, electroporation, gene gun, calcium phosphate-mediated transfection, and the like.
- the gene search vector (GSV) used to identify txr1 was modified from a previously described retroviral vector (Li & Cohen, Cell (1996) 85: 319-329).
- the construct includes a cassette containing a tetracycline (Tc) regulated promoter (TcRP) and an adenovirus splice acceptor (SA) site positioned in an antisense direction to, and 5′ to, a promoterless neo (G418-resistance) reporter gene in the U3 region of a murine self-inactivating pHAMM backbone, allowing expression of neo from cellular promoters flanking the site of chromosomal integration.
- the orientation of TcRP-activated transcription is designed to alter the function of the chromosomal gene activating neo expression by generating Tc-controlled antisense RNA.
- the pEGFPTxr1 plasmid was constructed by inserting a txr1 cDNA fragment into the BglII and EcoRI sites of pCMV-EGFPN1 (Clontech, Mountain View, Calif.).
- pLEST-Txr1HA was constructed by inserting a txr1 cDNA fragment tagged with a 3′ HA-encoding sequence into the NheI site of lentivirus based vector, PLEST (Lu et al., Proc Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA (2004)101: 17246-17251. The structures of all constructs were confirmed by analysis of restriction enzyme digestion and by DNA sequencing.
- TSP1.7Luc TSP1.7Luc
- TSP-1 mimetic peptides 4N1K(KRFYVVMWKK (SEQ ID NO:01)), amino acid 1016-1023) and its control peptide 4NGG (KRFYGGMWKK(SEQ ID NO:02)) were synthesized by GeneMed (South San Francisco, Calif.); ABT-510 (GVITRIR (SEQ ID NO:03), amino acid 553-559) was a gift from Abbott Laboratories.
- M2182 (Bae et al., Prostate (1998) 34: 275-282) cells were cultured in serum-free media RPMI1640 supplemented with 0.1 ⁇ M dexamethasone, 10 ng/ml epidermal growth factor, 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin, 5 ⁇ g/ml insulin, 5 ⁇ g/ml transferrin, and 5 ng/ml selenium.
- 293t cells were maintained in DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 50 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin and 50 units/ml penicillin. All cells were maintained in 5% CO 2 humidified incubators at 37° C.
- M2182tTA cells were established by introducing a construct expressing the Tc-repressed transactivator (tTA) and selecting for clones showing the greatest change in expression of the luciferase reporter gene upon addition of Tc.
- Retrovirus was produced by co-transfection of GSV DNA with pGP (expressing gag and pol genes) and PVSVG (vesicular stomatitis virus glycoprotein for pseudo-typing the envelope protein) (Ory et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA (1996) 93:11400-11406)into 293t cells.
- Virus-containing media were harvested 48 hr post-transfection and co-cultured with M2182tTA cells in the presence of 8 ⁇ g/ml polybrene for 48 hr. Permanently infected clones containing a GSV insertion near a transcriptionally active region were selected by treating the infected cells with 500 ⁇ g/ml G418 for two weeks. A library containing 5 ⁇ 10 5 independent GSV virus insertions was constructed by pooling cells from several separate infections and used for subsequent screenings.
- M2182tTA cells containing GSV virus insertion libraries were seeded at a density of 5 ⁇ 10 5 per 10 cm plate one day prior to the addition of 10 nM taxol; preliminary experiments showed no surviving M2182tTA cells after 5 days of exposure to 5 nM taxol. After 14 days selection in the presence of taxol, visible colonies were pooled and exposed to 10 nM taxol in a second round of screening. 24 individual colonies obtained from this screening were isolated and expanded. For subsequent plate assays of the effects of taxol and other drugs on colony formation, 1 ⁇ 10 4 cells per 10 cm plate or per each well of six-well plate were seeded one day prior to drug treatment at the concentrations indicated.
- the viability of treated cells was quantified by their ability to reduce tetrazolium salt 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-y)-2,5-diphenyl tetrasodium bromide (MTT, Sigma) to a formazan dye whose absorbance is detectable at 570 nm.
- the IC 50 value was defined as the dose of taxol that inhibited cell growth by 50%.
- TUNEL assays 5 ⁇ 10 4 cells/well were seeded on circular coverslips in 24-well plates one day prior to treatment with drug in the presence or absence of 7.5 ⁇ g/ml purified TSP-1 for 3 days.
- Genomic DNA was extracted from taxol resistant cells by using the Gentra genomic DNA extraction kit (Gentra Systems). Genomic DNA flanking the GSV integration site was cloned using the GenomeWalker kit (Clontech, Mountain View, Calif.) followed by PCR amplification using Expand High Fidelity PCR Systems (Roche Applied Science). An oligonucleotide corresponding in sequence to the sense strand of the neo gene (5′-GCTGACCGCTTCCTCGTGCTTTACGG-3′)(SEQ ID NO:04) was used as primer.
- a peptide, N15 (AGQPGPNPYPPNIGC (SEQ ID NO:11), a.a. 6 th to 20 th , FIG. 2B ), corresponding to a segment of Txr1 was synthesized and used as antigen for raising rabbit polyclonal antibodies by Covance.
- Anti- ⁇ -tubulin monoclonal antibody was purchased from Sigma and anti-TSP-1 monoclonal antibody was purchased from Lab Vision.
- Poly(A)-RNA was separated by formaldehyde/MOPS 1% agarose gel, transferred onto Hybond-N nylon membrane (Amersham Biosciences), and hybridized with radioactively labeled cDNA fragments according to the vendor's instruction manual. Multiple-tissue blots were purchased from Clontech (Mountain View, Calif.). cDNA microarrays on glass slides, which contained approximately 42,000 sequence-verified IMAGE clones representing 28,000 different genes, were made essentially as described (Eisen & Brown, Methods Enzymol. (1999) 303: 179-205).
- TSP-1 promoter luciferase report construct was transfected into cells with 0.2 ⁇ g of pCMVlacZ (as an internal control to monitor transfection efficiency) by FuGENE 6 (Roche Applied Science).
- Cell lysates harvested at 48 hr after transfection were used to measure luciferase activity by luciferase assay kit (Promega) according to manufacturer's instruction and to determine ⁇ -galactosidase by gal reporter chemiluminescent assay (Roche Applied Science).
- Relative luciferase units were calculated by normalizing the luciferase activity with ⁇ -galactosidase activity.
- siRNA duplexes corresponding to segments of txr1 mRNA (accession number: AF217517), SI1 (80 th -102 nd , 5′-AAGAGCGAGACUGCGAAGGAGAdTdT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:12) and 5′-UCUCCUUCGCAGUCUCGGCUCdTdT (SEQ ID NO:13) and SI2 (761 st -783 rd 5′-AAGAGGAUUGCCAUGGCCUGGCCdTdT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:14) and 5′-GGCCAGGCCAUGGCAAUCCUCdTdT-3′(SEQ ID NO:015), and a pre-synthesized scrambled sequence control (non-specific Control Duplex VIII) were purchased from Dharmacon.
- siRNA duplex against TSP-1 was purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology (sc#29528). 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells were plated in six-well dishes one day prior to transfection of cells with 50 nM siRNA oligo nucleotides using DharmaFECT (Dharmacon). 48 hr later, transfected cells were analyzed for taxol resistance by colony formation assay or MTT assay.
- a human prostate cancer cell-line, M2182 which was found in initial experiments to be highly sensitive to infection by our retroviral GSV construct, was transfected with the Tc-off transactivator gene (tTA) to generate a Tc-responsive clone (M2182tTA) that subsequently was targeted for infection by the GSV.
- tTA Tc-off transactivator gene
- M2182tTA Tc-responsive clone
- a pool of M2182tTA cells containing a total of 5 ⁇ 10 5 independent GSV retroviral insertions was exposed to 10 nM taxol for two sequential two-week cycles of screening. Three clones (clones 4, 14, and 18) that formed prominent colonies at this taxol concentration were further characterized by MTT assay to determine the IC 50 ( FIG. 1B ).
- Clone 18 which had a growth rate similar to that of parental M2182tTA cells but showed an IC 50 approximately two and a half-fold greater than the IC 50 of the parental cells ( FIG. 1B and Table 1), was chosen for further study; clones 4 and 14 produced smaller colonies when cultured in 10 nM taxol and showed a lesser increase in IC 50 ( FIG. 1B ).
- Addition of 1 ⁇ g/ml Tc to cultures of clone 18 reversed its ability to grow in the presence of either 10 nM taxol or 2 nM docetaxel, a more potent taxane ( FIG. 1C ).
- IC 50 is the drug concentration that inhibited cell survival by 50%. Values are the means ⁇ SD of three independent determinations having quadruple repeats in each. b Fold of resistance was calculated by dividing IC 50 of clone 18 divided with IC 50 of M2182tTA. B. Identification and Characterization of Txr1
- variant 1 NM — 001005355
- variant 2 NM — 018457
- variant 3 NM — 001005354
- variants 1 and 2 both contain a deletion in the 5′ UTR and encode an open reading frame (NP — 001005355) whose sequence corresponds to a 148 amino acid protein of 15,243 Daltons ( FIG. 2B ) (SEQ ID NO:16)
- variant 3 contains deletions in part of the sequence of the 5′UTR and the ORF and encodes an isoform (NP — 001005354) lacking the coding sequence for the first 56 amino acids.
- the amino acid composition of the protein predicted from analysis of the txr1 locus is noteworthy.
- the longest predicted gene product (Txr1) contains 44 proline residues (29.7% of entire protein) in the first 101 amino acids, eight histidines and thirteen lysines in the C-terminal 48 amino acid segment, and remarkably, a continuous stretch of 10 serine residues at the C-terminus ( FIG. 2B ).
- Further analysis revealed several putative ⁇ helix motifs in the first 100 amino acids of the protein and putative ⁇ sheet structures near the C terminal end. Spatial alignment of prolines in Txr1 with prolines in other proteins having biological functions that include SH3/WW domain binding, RNA binding, and cell mobility—but no homology with other proteins in inter-proline spaces—was observed.
- FIG. 2B showed that the abundance of an 18 kDa species corresponding in size to the predicted full length Txr1 protein was five-fold higher in clone 18 than in parental cells and that its upregulation was reversed by Tc ( FIG. 2D ).
- Multiple-tissue Northern blotting indicated that txr1 transcripts are broadly expressed and are especially prominent in heart, kidney and leukocytes ( FIG. 2F ).
- Txr1 Upregulation is Necessary for the Taxane Resistance of Clone 18 and is Sufficient to Induce Cellular Resistance to Taxanes in Na ⁇ ve Cells
- Txr1 in the taxol resistance of clone 18, and—in experiments that used two small interfering RNAs (siRNA1 and 2) complementary to the 5′ and 3′untranslated regions of txr1 to reduce expression of the gene—showed that upregulation of Txr1 is necessary for this resistance.
- Clone 18 cells that were transiently transfected with siRNAs against txr1 or with a scrambled siRNA sequence as a control showed a 75% to 80% decrease in cell survival in the presence of 10 nM taxol ( FIGS. 3A, 3B , and 3 C) and a concomitant reduction in steady state level of Txr1 protein as assessed by immunoblotting ( FIG. 3D ).
- cDNA microarrays were used to compare the gene expression profiles for clone 18 and M2182tTA cells in the presence or absence of Tc.
- txr1 itself was the most upregulated gene (6.8 ⁇ 1.0 fold), consistent with the prominently increased mRNA abundance we had detected by Northern blotting and RT-PCR ( FIG. 2C ).
- the most downregulated transcript among the ⁇ 28,000 analyzed on microarrays was encoded by thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1, 3.65 ⁇ 0.8 fold) ( FIG. 5A , lower panel), an extensively studied gene that has both pro-apoptotic and anti-angiogenic activities.
- TSP-1 thrombospondin-1
- FIG. 5A lower panel
- Analysis of the gene expression data in FIG. 5A using the proband-based rule of GABRIEL showed a dramatically negative Pearson correlation coefficient (r) of ⁇ 0.92 between txr1 and TSP-1.
- Txr1 mediated TSP-1 downregulation
- Txr1 mediated TSP-1 downregulation
- M2182-derived clone i.e., R2, FIG. 4
- HeLa cell-derived clone in which we adventitiously expressed Txr1 under the control of the TcRP promoter
- addition of Tc resulted in a five- to six-fold increase in TSP-1 protein abundance ( FIG. 5C , upper panel) accompanied by a similar increase in luciferase activity ( FIG. 5C , lower panel), indicating that Txr1 negatively regulates TSP-1 expression at the level of transcription initiation.
- TSP-1 which normally is secreted and exists as an extracellular protein
- TSP-1 addition to the media was observed to result in dose-dependent partial reversal of the taxol resistance of clone 18 ( FIG. 6A ); however, no effects of TSP-1 on killing of clone 18 cells by other chemotherapeutic agents we tested were observed ( FIG. 6C ), indicating that the drug-potentiating effects of TSP-1 in clone 18 cells are specific to taxane.
- TSP-1 itself had only limited ability to reduce survival and induce apoptosis at the dosage added to cultures of clone 18 cells in the above experiments, ( FIGS. 6B , C, and D), it dramatically and synergistically increased taxol-induced apoptosis, as determined by TUNEL assay ( FIG. 6E ).
- FIG. 6F decreasing the expression of endogenous TSP-1 to 30% of the control level ( FIG. 6F ) by treatment of na ⁇ ve M2182 cells with siRNA directed against TSP-1 transcripts resulted in survival at a taxol concentration (3 nM) that was lethal to an identical cell population transfected with control siRNA having a randomly scrambled sequence ( FIG. 6G ).
- Lethality of other chemotherapeutic drugs in M2182 cells was unchanged by reduction of TSP-1 expression (data not shown).
- Txr1 transcriptionally downregulates expression of TSP-1 that such downregulation can modulate taxane-induced apoptosis
- exposure of taxane-resistant prostate cancer cells to TSP-1 in culture can increase the lethality of taxanes without affecting the actions of other chemotherapeutic agents in these cells.
- Earlier work has shown that the widely studied anti-angiogenic effects of TSP-1 result from its ability to promote apoptosis of endothelial cells through signaling pathways initiated by its interaction with CD36 receptors on the cell surface.
- TSP-1 can also regulate cell adhesion and migration through its interaction with a different receptor, CD47, also known as integrin-associated protein (IAP).
- CD47 also known as integrin-associated protein (IAP).
- IAP integrin-associated protein
- CD47 agonist peptide 4N1K which corresponds to a sequence (amino acid residues 1016 to 1023) near the C-terminal end of TSP-1, to affect taxane resistance; this peptide has been shown to bind highly specifically to CD47 and to actions on CD47-mediated signaling of cell migration that are similar to those of the full length TSP-1 protein.
- 4NGG a non-active variant of the 4N1K peptide
- ABT-510 a CD36 agonist peptide
- TSP-1 interaction with the CD36 receptor recently has been reported to enhance the killing of endothelial cells by adriamycin (Quesada et al., Cell Death Differ. (2005)).
- the function-based screening approach used to identify txr1 was designed to discover human genes whose homozygous inactivation by antisense RNA initiated -from a Tc-controlled retrovirus-borne chromosomally inserted promoter results in a phenotype of interest (Li and Cohen, 1996).
- the analysis of the DNA region containing the GSV inserted into the chromosome of clone 18 indicated that the predicted transcriptional start site of the txr1 gene is located about 0.5 kb 3′ to the GSV insertion site, and subsequent analysis of txr1 expression indicated that taxane resistance resulted from Tc-dependent activation, rather than downregulation, of txr1.
- upregulation of txr1 expression is a consequence of insertion of the Tc-dependent enhancer segment of the TcRP promoter near the gene's transcription start site.
- txr1 The causal role of txr1 in determining the taxane resistance observed in clone 18 was suggested initially by the concurrent regulation of Txr1 expression and taxol resistance by the GSV-borne promoter inserted at txr1 and by the effects of siRNA directed against txr1 transcripts in this cell clone. This role was confirmed by evidence that elevation of the steady-state level of Txr1 protein in na ⁇ ve cells recapitulated the taxane resistance phenotype and the ability of siRNA against txr1 to increase cellular sensitivity to taxol. We subsequently found that increased Txr1 expression was accompanied by reciprocal downregulation of TSP-1 and a concommitant decrease in taxol-mediated apoptosis.
- TSP-1 Although the functions of TSP-1 have been widely studied, its role in determining cellular sensitivity to taxanes previously has not been known. During our investigations, we observed decreased Txr1-dependent TSP-1 promoter activity, transcript abundance, and protein production—revealing Txr1 as a negative regulator of TSP-1 expression.
- TSP-1 is an extracellular-matrix-bound adhesive glycoprotein that earlier was found to suppress tumorgenicity, cancer progression, and tumor metastasis by inhibiting endothelial cell proliferation and consequently, the angiogenesis required to supply growing cancers with oxygen and nutrients.
- TSP-1 expression is known to be downregulated by the Id1 transcription factor and a variety of oncogenes. The results reported here indicate Txr1 is also among the down-regulators of TSP-1.
- TSP-1 The anti-angiogenic actions of TSP-1, which occur through its interaction with the CD36 receptor on the surface of endothelial cells, are mimicked by the ABT-510 peptide, which interacts specifically with this receptor. These anti-angiogenic effects have been reported to be synergistic with the anti-tumor actions of chemotherapeutic agents, leading to a slowing of cancer progression in mice. Additionally, TSP-1 itself and the CD36-binding ABT-510 peptide which can enhance the ability of adriamycin and certain other chemotherapeutic drugs to kill endothelial cells that express CD36 have also been reported to induce apoptosis of tumor cells expressing the CD36 receptor, but not of cells lacking this receptor.
- Txr1/TSP-1 pathway to modulate taxane sensitivity in prostate cancer cells growing in culture indicates a direct effect on the tumor cells rather than one mediated through angiogenesis.
- CD47 a different cell surface receptor
- transcripts initiated at a chromosomally integrated retrovirus-based promoter to perturb gene expression randomly in human prostate cancer cells we isolated cell clones showing resistance to taxane lethality.
- txr1 a transcriptional downregulator of thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1)—known earlier for its anti-angiogenic actions—and that decreased TSP-1 abundance impedes taxane-induced apoptosis in tumor cells.
- TSP-1 transcriptional downregulator of thrombospondin-1
- Txr1/TSP-1 integrin associated protein
- interference with CD47 function reduced taxane cytotoxicity.
- Expression of Txr1 and TSP-1 were correlated negatively with each other and postively with taxol resistance in 13 of 19 NCI-60 cancer cell lines.
- Our results, which reveal a mechanism that concommitantly regulates both TSP-1 production and taxane resistance, show that the Txr1/TSP-1 pathway is a chemotherapeutic target.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis in a subject are provided. Aspects of the invention include administering an effective amount of a TXR1 modulatory agent, e.g., a TXR1 agonist or antagonist, to a subject. Embodiments of the methods find use in a variety of different applications, including the inhibition of tumor growth and the treatment of disease conditions characterized by tumor presence.
Description
- Pursuant to 35 U.S.C. §119 (e), this application claims priority to the filing date of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/654,343 filed on Feb. 17, 2005; the disclosure of which application is herein incorporated by reference.
- Angiogenesis refers to the growth and development blood vessels, e.g., arteries and veins. There are many physical conditions that would benefit from methods of controlled modulation of angiogenesis or vascular development. For example, agents that promote angiogenesis have potential application in the treatment of conditions where new blood vessel growth is desired, e.g., in the treatment of heart disease conditions characterized by the presence of one or more partially or completely occluded blood vessels. Conversely, agents that inhibit angiogenesis are potentially suitable for use in the treatment of disease conditions characterized by the growth of unwanted new blood vessels. One class of disease conditions falling into this latter category are those characterized by the presence of tumors, particularly vascularized tumors.
- The above potential applications for angiogenic modulatory agents has caused a substantial amount of research into the mechanism of angiogenesis to be performed, which research has resulted in the identification of a number of molecules that are involved in angiogenesis. Despite the identification of the above molecules as being involved in angiogenesis, there is continued interest in the identification of other molecules that are involved in the growth of blood vessels, as such additional molecules would provide yet more targets for achieving angiogenesis/vascular development modulation.
- Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis in a subject are provided. Aspects of the invention include administering an effective amount of a TXR1 modulatory agent, e.g., a TXR1 agonist or antagonist, to a subject. Embodiments of the methods find use in a variety of different applications, including the inhibition of tumor growth and the treatment of disease conditions characterized by tumor presence.
- The file of this patent contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Patent and Trademark Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee.
-
FIGS. 1A to 1E. Identification and Characterization of Taxol Resistant Cell Clones.(FIG. 1A ) Structure of integrated provirus derived from retroviral gene search vector (GSV). 3′ dLTR or 5′ dLTR (open boxes), designate defective retroviral long terminal repeats lacking promoter and enhancer sequences required for virion production; SA, splicing acceptor site from adenovirus; neo, reporter gene encodes resistance to G418 (arrow in box indicates the ‘sense’ direction of transcription; the broken arrow at the top indicates the location and 5′ to 3′ direction of the primer used for cloning genes adjacent to the integration site); TcRP (filled box), tetracycline regulated promoter; the arrow head above this box indicates the direction of transcription; (p, virus packaging signal; (FIG. 1B ) Survival curves of cell clones resistant to taxol. Cell clones selected from functional screening were subjected to viability analysis by MTT assay. The surviving fraction in percentage (Y-axis) for cells treated with indicated taxol concentrations (nM) (X-axis) was calculated by normalizing the MTT assay readouts to the untreated control (set as 100%). Each data point represents the mean±SD from eight replicates; (FIG. 1C ) Tc effect on taxol resistance inclone 18. Equal numbers of M2182tTA andclone 18 cells were seeded and treated with the indicated concentration of taxane in the presence (+Tc) or absence (−Tc) of tetracycline (1 μg/ml) for colony forming assays. Cell colonies were stained by 0.5% crystal violet. (FIG. 1D ) Tc effect on taxol uptake inclone 18. Equal numbers of the indicated cell lines were seeded, incubated with [3H] taxol, washed, and subjected to scintillation counting for measuring the rate of uptake. Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, which are known to contain high efflux activity were used as controls (Parekh & Simpkins, Biochem Pharmacol (1996) 51:301-311). Each histogram represents the mean±SD of four independent experiments. (FIG. 1E ) Gene expression of β-tubulin isoforms. Poly(A) RNAs extracted from indicated cell lines were used as templates to quantitatively analyze expression of β-tubulins I and III by RT-PCR. The cycle number and product size are indicated. -
FIGS. 2A-2F . Cloning, Gene Expression, and Localization of txr1 (FIG. 2A ) Schematic diagram of GSV integration site and txr1 gene structure. GSV provirus integrated (inverse triangle, arrowhead indicates the direction of transcription from the Tc-regulated promoter) at chromosome locus 12q13 (horizontal line). The genomic nucleotide coordinate for the integration site and coordinates for the start and end of txr1 transcripts are indicated below the line in bold type. Four exons of txr1 gene are shown as solid boxes and the cDNA nucleotide coordinates for the start and end of each exon are italicized. The codons initiating and terminating translation (start and stop, respectively) are indicated. (FIG. 2B ) Txr1 protein sequence deduced from cDNA sequence. The peptide used as antigen for raising antibodies is underlined. (FIG. 2C ) Effect of Tc on txr1 transcript inclone 18. Northern blot (top panel), poly(A) RNA extracted from indicated cells/conditions were fractionated by electrophoresis, transferred onto filter, and probed with radioactively labeled txr1 and β-actin cDNA fragments. The size of the txr1 transcript is indicated. The same RNAs were used as template for RT-PCR analysis (bottom panel), the cycle number and product size of the RT-PCR product are indicated. (FIG. 2D ) Effect of Tc on Txr1 protein inclone 18. Cell lysates extracted from indicated cells/conditions were subjected to immunoblotting analysis and probed with anti-Txr1 and anti-α-tubulin antibodies. (FIG. 2E ) Intracellular localization of Txr1. HeLa cells were immunofluorescence stained with preimmune serum (left, upper) or anti-Txr1 polyclonal antibodies (left, lower). Chinese hamster ovary cells transfected with pCMV-EGFPN1 (right, upper) or pEGFPTxr1 (right, lower) were stained with DAPI (blue). Fluorescent images were obtained by confocal microscopy. (FIG. 2F ) Multiple tissue Northern blot. A filter (Clontech) containing RNA extracted from the indicated tissues was probed with radioactively labeled txr1 and β-actin cDNA fragments. -
FIGS. 3A to 3H. Downregulation of txr1 by siRNA Reduces the Taxol Resistance of Clone 18 (FIGS. 3A-3D ) and Increases Taxol Sensitivity of Naïve M2182tTA Cells (FIGS. 3E-3H ) (FIG. 3A ) and (FIG. 3E ) Immunoblotting analysis effects of siRNA on Txr1 protein abundance. Clone 18 (FIG. 3A ) and M2182tTA cells (FIG. 3E ) were transfected with siRNA (SI1 and SI2) against txr1 and with a scrambled-sequence control, cell lysates harvested 48 hr after transfection were subjected to immunoblotting analysis and probed with anti-Txr1 and anti-α-tubulin antibodies. (FIG. 3B ) and (FIG. 3F ) Quantitative measurement of surviving fraction. Crystal violet stained surviving cells in panels (FIG. 3B ) and (FIG. 3F ) were incubated with DMSO and the absorbance was measured as indicated in Experimental Procedures. The fraction of surviving cells was determined by normalizing the readouts from taxol-treated cells (lower row of panelFIG. 3B andFIG. 3F ) to untreated controls (upper row in panelFIG. 3B andFIG. 3F ). Results are means±SD of two independent experiments. (FIG. 3C ) and (FIG. 3G ) Survival curves of cells with reduced Txr1 level. Clone 18 (FIG. 3D ) and M2182tTA (FIG. 3H ) transfected with indicated siRNA were subjected to cell viability analysis by MTT assay. Survival rate in percentage for cells treated at indicated taxol concentration was calculated by normalizing the MTT assay readouts to the untreated control (set as 100%). Each data point represents the mean±SD from four replicates. (FIG. 3D ) and (FIG. 3H ) Effect of Txr1 deficiency on taxol resistance. Clone 18 (FIG. 3B ) and M2182tTA cells (FIG. 3F ) were transfected with siRNA (SI1 and SI2) against txr1 and with a scrambled-sequence control, and then seeded for colony formation assay in presence of the indicated concentration of taxol. -
FIGS. 4A to 4E. Upregulation of Txr1 Increases Elevated Taxol Resistance in Naïve Cells. (FIG. 4A ) Immunoblotting analysis. M2182tTA was infected with virus derived from pLESTTxr1 HA and two permanently expressing clones R1 (FIG. 4B ) and R2 (FIG. 4C ) were isolated. Cell lysates of cells as indicated were subjected to immunoblotting analysis and probed with anti-Txr1 and anti-α-tubulin antibodies. (B) and (C) Effect of Txr1 overexpression on taxol resistance in naïve cells. Cells were then seeded for colony formation assay at indicated taxol concentrations in the presence or absence of 1 μg/ml Tc. (FIG. 4D ) and (FIG. 4E ) Quantitative measurement of surviving fraction of Clone R1 (FIG. 4D ) and R2 (FIG. 4E ). Crystal violet stained surviving cells in panels (B) and (C) were incubated with DMSO and the absorbance was measured as indicated in Experimental Procedures. The fraction of surviving cells was determined by normalizing the readouts from taxol-treated cells (lower row of panelFIG. 4B andFIG. 4C ) to untreated controls (upper row in panelFIG. 4B andFIG. 4C ). -
FIGS. 5A to 5D. Effect of Txr1 on Transcription of TSP-1 (FIG. 5A ) Graphic representation of global effects of Txr1 upregulation on transcription as measured by cDNA microarray hybridization. cDNA corresponding to mRNA extracted from indicated cells/conditions was labeled with Cy5 (typed in red) or Cy3 (typed in green) for competitive hybridization on microarrays. Three independent hybridizations were performed for each pair of comparison. Color represents the direction of regulation in gene expression: green-decreased expression, red-increased expression and black-unchanged. Color saturation is proportional to the magnitude of the change in relative expression. The gene list is provided in Supplemental Data. The expression profiles for Txr1 and TSP-1 are displayed in lower panel. (FIG. 5B ) Northern blot analysis. 5 μg of poly(A) RNAs from indicated cells/conditions were separated and probed with radioactively labeled TSP-1 and β-actin cDNA fragments. (FIG. 5C ) Luciferase assay for TSP-1 promoter activity. pTSP1.7Luc was introduced by transfection into indicated cells cultured in the presence or absence of Tc and cells were lysed for analysis 48 hr after transfection. Cell lysates were subjected to immunoblotting analysis to detect protein abundance for indicated genes (upper panel). Relative luciferase units were calculated by normalizing luciferase activity with co-transfected β-gal activity (lower panel). Results represent the mean±SD from three independent measurements. (FIG. 5D ) Correlations among expression profiles of txr1 (green squares) and TSP-1 (red circles) gene expression and cellular sensitivity to taxol (blue triangles) in 13 tumor cell-lines. Data for gene expression and drug sensitivity were extracted and analyzed as described in Experimental Procedures. The Y-axis represents either expression data (for green and red curves) that have been transformed into thebase 2 logarithm, or drug sensitivity (for blue curve) that was represented as thenegative base 10 logarithm of G150 (−log G150, drug concentration caused 50% of growth inhibition in molar units). The X-axis indicates each of 13 cancer cell-lines, which are 1: OVCAR-4 (ovarian cancer), 2:MDA-MB-231 (breast cancer), 3: SNB-75 (renal carcinoma), 4: SF-268 (glioblastoma), 5: SK-MEL-2 (melanoma), 6: SK-OV-3 (ovarian cancer), 7:HS—578T (breast cancer), 8: ADR-RES (unknown), 9: RXF-393 (renal carcinoma), 10: U251 (glioblastoma), 11: UO-31 (renal carcinoma), 12: EKVX (non small cell lung cancer), and 13: BT-549 (breast cancer). -
FIGS. 6A to 6G. TSP-1 Effects on Taxol Resistance (FIG. 6A ) Dosage dependent reversal of taxol resistance inclone 18 by TSP-1. Cells treated with the indicated concentrations of TSP-1 were subjected to analysis of viability by MTT assay at various concentrations of taxol. The percentage of surviving cells was calculated by normalizing the MTT assay readouts to the untreated control, which was set as 100%. Each data point represents the mean±SD from four replicates. (FIG. 6B ) TSP-1 effects on taxol sensitivity of naïve cells. Cell viability of M2182tTA cells treated with taxol or TSP-1 alone, or both concurrently (as indicated) was assessed by MTT assay. Images of wells after MTT color reaction are displayed in the left panel. Histograms represent mean±SD of four independent repeats. (FIG. 6C ) The drug sensitizing effect of TSP-1 is specific to taxol. Cell viability ofclone 18 cells treated with indicated drugs in the presence or absence TSP-1 was assessed by MTT assay. Histograms represent mean±SD of four independent repeat experiments. Abbreviations are: AD-250 ng/ml adriamycin, ET-1 μM etoposide, VB-10 nM vinblastine, VC-10 nM vincristine, EpoB-7.5 nM epothilone B, and TX-10 nM taxol. (FIG. 6D ) TSP-1 enhancement of drug sensitivity of naïve cells is specific to taxol. Cell viability of M2182tTA cells treated with indicated drugs in the presence of absence of TSP-1 was assessed by MTT assay. Abbreviations are the same as in panel B. (FIG. 6E ) TSP-1 enhances cellular sensitivity to taxol by triggering apoptotic cell death.Clone 18 cells grown on coverslips were treated with taxol or TSP-1 alone, or both as indicated. The apoptotic cells were labeled by TUNEL reagent and viewed by confocal microscopy. The bright green fluorescent nuclear spots represent TUNEL positive cells. (FIG. 6F ) Immunoblotting analysis of naïve cells transfected with siRNA against TSP-1. Lysates of M2182tTA cells transfected with siRNA against TSP-1 or with a scrambled-sequence control siRNA were subjected to immunoblotting analysis and probed with anti-TSP-1 and anti-□-tubulin antibodies. (FIG. 6G ) Effect of TSP-1 deficiency on taxol resistance in naïve cells. Taxol sensitivity of M2182tTA cells transfected with siRNA against TSP-1 or a scrambled-sequence control was analyzed by colony formation assay. -
FIGS. 7A to 7D. TSP-1's Signal is Mediated Through CD47 (FIG. 7A ) Expression of TSP-1 receptors on cells. Clone 18 (left panels) and M2182tTA (right panels) cells were stained with anti-CD36 antibody (upper panels) and anti-CD47 (lower panels) and analyzed by flow cytometry. X-axis in histogram is the fluorescence intensity and y-axis is the frequency in percentage (maximum number is set as 100%). Cells stained with isotype control antibody were used to define the baseline and indicate as dotted lines. (FIG. 7B ) Effect of 4N1K (CD47 agonist peptide) on taxol sensitivity. Clone 18 (left panels) and M2182tTA (right panel) cells treated with the indicated concentrations of TSP-1 mimetic peptides (4N1K -top panels, 4NGG-middle panels, ABT-510 lower panel) were subjected to viability analysis by MTT assay at various concentrations of taxol. The percentage of surviving cells was calculated by normalizing the MTT assay readouts to the untreated control, which was set as 100%. Each data point represents the mean±SD from four replicates. (FIG. 7C ) 4N1K enhancement of drug sensitivity is specific to taxol. Cell viability of Clone 18 (left panel) and M2182tTA (right panel) cells treated with indicated drugs in the presence or absence of 4N1K was assessed by MTT assay. Abbreviations are the same as inFIG. 6 , panel C. (FIG. 7D ) Effect of anti-CD47 antibody and pertussis toxin on taxol cytotoxicity. Cell viability of M2182tTA (left and center panels) and clone 18 (right panel) cells treated with the indicated concentrations of taxol in the presence of 10 μg/ml of anti-CD47 antibody or control isotype IgG (left and right panels) or 0.5 μg/ml of pertussis toxin (middle panel) was assessed by MTT assay.Clone 18 cells were treated concurrently with 250 μM 4N1K. - Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis in a subject are provided. Aspects of the invention include administering an effective amount of a TXR1 modulatory agent, e.g., TXR1 agonist or antagonist, to a subject. Embodiments of the methods find use in a variety of different applications, including the inhibition of tumor growth and the treatment of disease conditions characterized by tumor presence.
- Before the present invention is described in greater detail, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to particular embodiments described, as such may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting, since the scope of the present invention will be limited only by the appended claims.
- Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, is encompassed within the invention. The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges and are also encompassed within the invention, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the invention.
- Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, representative illustrative methods and materials are now described.
- All publications and patents cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication or patent were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference and are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited. The citation of any publication is for its disclosure prior to the filing date and should not be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided may be different from the actual publication dates which may need to be independently confirmed.
- It is noted that, as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It is further noted that the claims may be drafted to exclude any optional element. As such, this statement is intended to serve as antecedent basis for use of such exclusive terminology as “solely,” “only” and the like in connection with the recitation of claim elements, or use of a “negative” limitation.
- As will be apparent to those of skill in the art upon reading this disclosure, each of the individual embodiments described and illustrated herein has discrete components and features which may be readily separated from or combined with the features of any of the other several embodiments without departing from the scope or spirit of the present invention. Any recited method can be carried out in the order of events recited or in any other order which is logically possible.
- Methods
- Aspects of the invention include methods of modulating angiogenesis (i.e., vascular development) in a subject. By angiogenesis is meant the formation of new blood vessels. By modulating is meant that the subject methods change, e.g., enhance or inhibit, angiogenesis in a subject, as compared to a control. The angiogenesis modulation may result from one or more different mechanisms. For example, the subject invention may change angiogenesis through modulation, either directly or indirectly, of the transcription of angiogenic genes in cell, which modulation in turn results in modulation of angiogenesis in a subject in which the cell is present. By angiogenic gene is meant a gene that encodes a factor or protein which participates in angiogenesis and/or vascular development, i.e., which is involved in the production or growth of new blood vessels, e.g. through the development and growth of particular cell types, via the recruitment of cells to a particular location, etc. The factor or protein may or may not interact with one or more additional proteins/factors to result in its angiogenic activity. For purposes of this disclosure, a gene is considered to be an angiogenic gene if it encodes a product that is involved at any stage of angiogenesis.
- Aspects of the invention include administering to a subject an effective amount of a TXR1 modulatory agent, e.g., a TXR1 agonist or TXR1 antagonist. By “effective amount” is meant a dosage sufficient to produce the desired result, e.g., an inhibition in angiogenesis, impairment of vascular formation, an enhancement of angiogenesis, or an improvement in a disease condition or the symptoms associated therewith associated with or resulting from unwanted angiogenesis. The TXR1 modulatory agent may be a TXR1 activity inhibitory agent (i.e., TXR1 antagonist) or a TXR1 activity enhancing agent (i.e., TXR1 agonist). Agonists refer to molecules that increase activity of TXR1. Antagonists refer to molecules that inhibit TXR1 activity.
- Accordingly, by “TXR1 modulatory agent” is meant an agent that changes or alters the activity of TXR1 in a subject. The amino acid sequence of human TXR1 and encoding nucleic acids thereof are provided below. The TXR1 modulatory agent employed in certain embodiments of the invention is one that in some way changes or alters TXR1 activity and therefore angiogenesis in the subject. In other words, the agent enhances or decreases angiogenesis of in the subject, where modulation is determined in reference to an appropriate control.
- The modulatory agent that is employed in embodiments of the methods may be any agent that, upon administration to the subject, changes the TXR1 activity of the subject. In certain embodiments, the agent is one that inhibitis TXR1 activity of the subject, i.e., such that angiogenesis of the subject is inhibited. In certain embodiments, the agent is one that enhances TXR1 activity of the subject, i.e., such that angiogenesis of the subject is enhanced.
- In certain embodiments, the agent is an agent that targets TXR1. In certain embodiments, the agent may be an agent that modulates, e.g., inhibits or enhances, expression of functional TXR1.
- Inhibition of TXR1 expression may be accomplished using any convenient means, including use of an agent that inhibits TXR1 expression, such as, but not limited to: antisense agents, RNAi agents, agents that interfere with transcription factor binding to a promoter sequence of the TXR1 gene, or inactivation of the TXR1 gene, e.g., through recombinant techniques, etc.
- For example, antisense molecules can be used to down-regulate expression of TXR1 in the cell. The anti-sense reagent may be antisense oligodeoxynucleotides (ODN), particularly synthetic ODN having chemical modifications from native nucleic acids, or nucleic acid constructs that express such anti-sense molecules as RNA. The antisense sequence is complementary to the mRNA of the targeted repressor protein, and inhibits expression of the targeted repressor protein. Antisense molecules inhibit gene expression through various mechanisms, e.g., by reducing the amount of mRNA available for translation, through activation of RNAse H, or steric hindrance. One or a combination of antisense molecules may be administered, where a combination may include multiple different sequences.
- Antisense molecules may be produced by expression of all or a part of the target gene sequence in an appropriate vector, where the transcriptional initiation is oriented such that an antisense strand is produced as an RNA molecule. Alternatively, the antisense molecule is a synthetic oligonucleotide. Antisense oligonucleotides will generally be at least about 7, usually at least about 12, more usually at least about 20 nucleotides in length, and not more than about 500, usually not more than about 50, more usually not more than about 35 nucleotides in length, where the length is governed by efficiency of inhibition, specificity, including absence of cross-reactivity, and the like. It has been found that short oligonucleotides, of from 7 to 8 bases in length, can be strong and selective inhibitors of gene expression (see Wagner et al. (1996), Nature Biotechnol. 14:840-844).
- A specific region or regions of the endogenous sense strand mRNA sequence is chosen to be complemented by the antisense sequence. Selection of a specific sequence for the oligonucleotide may use an empirical method, where several candidate sequences are assayed for inhibition of expression of the target gene in an in vitro or animal model. A combination of sequences may also be used, where several regions of the mRNA sequence are selected for antisense complementation.
- Antisense oligonucleotides may be chemically synthesized by methods known in the art (see Wagner et al. (1993), supra, and Milligan et al., supra.) Oligonucleotides may be chemically modified from the native phosphodiester structure, in order to increase their intracellular stability and binding affinity. A number of such modifications have been described in the literature, which alter the chemistry of the backbone, sugars or heterocyclic bases.
- Among useful changes in the backbone chemistry are phosphorothioates; phosphorodithioates, where both of the non-bridging oxygens are substituted with sulfur; phosphoroamidites; alkyl phosphotriesters and boranophosphates. Achiral phosphate derivatives include 3′-O′-5′-S-phosphorothioate, 3′-S-5′-O-phosphorothioate, 3′-CH2-5′-O-phosphonate and 3′-NH-5′-O-phosphoroamidate. Peptide nucleic acids replace the entire ribose phosphodiester backbone with a peptide linkage. Sugar modifications are also used to enhance stability and affinity. The α-anomer of deoxyribose may be used, where the base is inverted with respect to the natural β-anomer. The 2′-OH of the ribose sugar may be altered to form 2′-O-methyl or 2′-O-allyl sugars, which provides resistance to degradation without comprising affinity. Modification of the heterocyclic bases must maintain proper base pairing. Some useful substitutions include deoxyuridine for deoxythymidine; 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine and 5-bromo-2′-deoxycytidine for deoxycytidine. 5-propynyl-2′-deoxyuridine and 5-propynyl-2′-deoxycytidine have been shown to increase affinity and biological activity when substituted for deoxythymidine and deoxycytidine, respectively.
- As an alternative to anti-sense inhibitors, catalytic nucleic acid compounds, e.g. ribozymes, anti-sense conjugates, etc. may be used to inhibit gene expression. Ribozymes may be synthesized in vitro and administered to the patient, or may be encoded on an expression vector, from which the ribozyme is synthesized in the targeted cell (for example, see International patent application WO 9523225, and Beigelman et al. (1995), Nucl. Acids Res. 23:4434-42). Examples of oligonucleotides with catalytic activity are described in WO 9506764. Conjugates of anti-sense ODN with a metal complex, e.g. terpyridylCu(II), capable of mediating mRNA hydrolysis are described in Bashkin et al. (1995), Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol. 54:43-56.
- In addition, the transcription level of a TXR1 can be regulated by gene silencing using RNAi agents, e.g., double-strand RNA (Sharp (1999) Genes and Development 13: 139-141). RNAi, such as double-stranded RNA interference (dsRNAi) or small interfering RNA (siRNA), has been extensively documented in the nematode C. elegans (Fire, A., et al, Nature, 391, 806-811, 1998) and routinely used to “knock down” genes in various systems. RNAi agents may be dsRNA or a transcriptional template of the interfering ribonucleic acid which can be used to produce dsRNA in a cell. In these embodiments, the transcriptional template may be a DNA that encodes the interfering ribonucleic acid. Methods and procedures associated with RNAi are also described in WO 03/010180 and WO 01/68836, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. dsRNA can be prepared according to any of a number of methods that are known in the art, including in vitro and in vivo methods, as well as by synthetic chemistry approaches. Examples of such methods include, but are not limited to, the methods described by Sadher et al. (Biochem. Int. 14:1015, 1987); by Bhattacharyya (Nature 343:484, 1990); and by Livache, et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 5,795,715), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Single-stranded RNA can also be produced using a combination of enzymatic and organic synthesis or by total organic synthesis. The use of synthetic chemical methods enable one to introduce desired modified nucleotides or nucleotide analogs into the dsRNA. dsRNA can also be prepared in vivo according to a number of established methods (see, e.g., Sambrook, et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed.; Transcription and Translation (B. D. Hames, and S. J. Higgins, Eds., 1984); DNA Cloning, volumes I and II (D. N. Glover, Ed., 1985); and Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M. J. Gait, Ed., 1984, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). A number of options can be utilized to deliver the dsRNA into a cell or population of cells such as in a cell culture, tissue, organ or embryo. For instance, RNA can be directly introduced intracellularly. Various physical methods are generally utilized in such instances, such as administration by microinjection (see, e.g., Zernicka-Goetz, et al. (1997) Development 124:1133-1137; and Wianny, et al. (1998) Chromosoma 107: 430-439). Other options for cellular delivery include permeabilizing the cell membrane and electroporation in the presence of the dsRNA, liposome-mediated transfection, or transfection using chemicals such as calcium phosphate. A number of established gene therapy techniques can also be utilized to introduce the dsRNA into a cell. By introducing a viral construct within a viral particle, for instance, one can achieve efficient introduction of an expression construct into the cell and transcription of the RNA encoded by the construct.
- In another embodiment, the TXR1 gene is inactivated so that it no longer expresses a functional protein. By inactivated is meant that the gene, e.g., coding sequence and/or regulatory elements thereof, is genetically modified so that it no longer expresses functional a functional TXR1 protein, e.g., at least with respect to TXR1 pathway mediated taxane resistance. The alteration or mutation may take a number of different forms, e.g., through deletion of one or more nucleotide residues, through exchange of one or more nucleotide residues, and the like. One means of making such alterations in the coding sequence is by homologous recombination. Methods for generating targeted gene modifications through homologous recombination are known in the art, including those described in: U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,074,853; 5,998,209; 5,998,144; 5,948,653; 5,925,544; 5,830,698; 5,780,296; 5,776,744; 5,721,367; 5,614,396; 5,612,205; the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- Also of interest in certain embodiments are dominant negative mutants of TXR1, where expression of such mutants in the cell result in a modulation, e.g., decrease, in TXR1 pathway mediated taxane resistance of the cell. Dominant negative mutants of TXR1 are mutant proteins that exhibit dominant negative TXR1 activity. As used herein, the term “dominant-negative TXR1 activity” or “dominant negative activity” refers to the inhibition, negation, or diminution of certain particular activities of TXR1, and specifically to TXR1 mediated taxane resistance. Dominant negative mutations are readily generated for corresponding proteins. These may act by several different mechanisms, including mutations in a substrate-binding domain; mutations in a catalytic domain; mutations in a protein binding domain (e.g. multimer forming, effector, or activating protein binding domains); mutations in cellular localization domain, etc. A mutant polypeptide may interact with wild-type polypeptides (made from the other allele) and form a non-functional multimer. In certain embodiments, the mutant polypeptide will be overproduced. Point mutations are made that have such an effect. In addition, fusion of different polypeptides of various lengths to the terminus of a protein, or deletion of specific domains can yield dominant negative mutants. General strategies are available for making dominant negative mutants (see for example, Herskowitz (1987) Nature 329:219, and the references cited above). Such techniques are used to create loss of function mutations, which are useful for determining protein function. Methods that are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing coding sequences and appropriate transcriptional and translational control signals for increased expression of an exogenous gene introduced into a cell. These methods include, for example, in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. Alternatively, RNA capable of encoding gene product sequences may be chemically synthesized using, for example, synthesizers. See, for example, the techniques described in “Oligonucleotide Synthesis”, 1984, Gait, M. J. ed., IRL Press, Oxford.
- In yet other embodiments, the agent is an agent that modulates, e.g., inhibits, TXR1 activity by binding to TXR1. For example, small molecules that bind to the TXR1 and inhibit its activity are of interest. Naturally occurring or synthetic small molecule compounds of interest include numerous chemical classes, such as organic molecules, e.g., small organic compounds having a molecular weight of more than 50 and less than about 2,500 daltons. Candidate agents comprise functional groups for structural interaction with proteins, particularly hydrogen bonding, and typically include at least an amine, carbonyl, hydroxyl or carboxyl group, preferably at least two of the functional chemical groups. The candidate agents may include cyclical carbon or heterocyclic structures and/or aromatic or polyaromatic structures substituted with one or more of the above functional groups. Candidate agents are also found among biomolecules including peptides, saccharides, fatty acids, steroids, purines, pyrimidines, derivatives, structural analogs or combinations thereof. Such molecules may be identified, among other ways, by employing the screening protocols described below.
- In yet other embodiments, the TXR1 binding agent may be an antibody agent, e.g. a neutralizing antibody agent. The term “antibody” or “antibody moiety” is intended to include any polypeptide chain-containing molecular structure with a specific shape that fits to and recognizes an epitope, where one or more non-covalent binding interactions stabilize the complex between the molecular structure and the epitope. Antibodies that bind specifically to the TXR1 target are referred to as anti-TXR1 target antibodies. The specific or selective fit of a given structure and its specific epitope is sometimes referred to as a “lock and key” fit. The archetypal antibody molecule is the immunoglobulin, and all types of immunoglobulins, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgE, IgD, etc., from all sources, e.g. human, rodent, rabbit, cow, sheep, pig, dog, other mammal, chicken, other avians, etc., are considered to be “antibodies.” Antibodies utilized in the present invention maybe polyclonal antibodies, although monoclonal antibodies are employed in certain embodiments because they may be reproduced by cell culture or recombinantly, and can be modified to reduce their antigenicity.
- Polyclonal antibodies can be raised by a standard protocol by injecting a production animal with an antigenic composition, formulated as described above. See, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988. In one such technique, a TXR1 antigen comprising an antigenic portion of the TXR1 target polypeptide is initially injected into any of a wide variety of mammals (e.g., mice, rats, rabbits, sheep or goats). When utilizing an entire protein, or a larger section of the protein, antibodies may be raised by immunizing the production animal with the protein and a suitable adjuvant (e.g., Fruend's, Fruend's complete, oil-in-water emulsions, etc.) When a smaller peptide is utilized, it is advantageous to conjugate the peptide with a larger molecule to make an immunostimulatory conjugate. Commonly utilized conjugate proteins that are commercially available for such use include bovine serum albumin (BSA) and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). In order to raise antibodies to particular epitopes, peptides derived from the full sequence may be utilized. The peptide-conjugate is injected into the animal host, preferably according to a predetermined schedule incorporating one or more booster immunizations, and the animals are bled periodically. Polyclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide may then be purified from such antisera by, for example, affinity chromatography using the polypeptide coupled to a suitable solid support.
- Alternatively, for monoclonal antibodies, hybridomas may be formed by isolating the stimulated immune cells, such as those from the spleen of the inoculated animal. These cells are then fused to immortalized cells, such as myeloma cells or transformed cells, which are capable of replicating indefinitely in cell culture, thereby producing an immortal, immunoglobulin-secreting cell line. The immortal cell line utilized is preferably selected to be deficient in enzymes necessary for the utilization of certain nutrients. Many such cell lines (such as myelomas) are known to those skilled in the art, and include, for example: thymidine kinase (TK) or hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoriboxyl transferase (HGPRT). These deficiencies allow selection for fused cells according to their ability to grow on, for example, hypoxanthine aminopterinthymidine medium (HAT).
- In certain embodiments, the immortal fusion partners utilized are derived from a line that does not secrete immunoglobulin. The resulting fused cells, or hybridomas, are cultured under conditions that allow for the survival of fused, but not unfused, cells and the resulting colonies screened for the production of the desired monoclonal antibodies. Colonies producing such antibodies are cloned, expanded, and grown so as to produce large quantities of antibody, see Kohler and Milstein, 1975 Nature 256:495 (the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference).
- Large quantities of monoclonal antibodies from the secreting hybridomas may then be produced by injecting the clones into the peritoneal cavity of mice and harvesting the ascites fluid therefrom. The mice, preferably primed with pristane, or some other tumor-promoter, and immunosuppressed chemically or by irradiation, may be any of various suitable strains known to those in the art. The ascites fluid is harvested from the mice and the monoclonal antibody purified therefrom, for example, by CM Sepharose column or other chromatographic means. Alternatively, the hybridomas may be cultured in vitro or as suspension cultures. Batch, continuous culture, or other suitable culture processes may be utilized. Monoclonal antibodies are then recovered from the culture medium or supernatant.
- In addition, the antibodies or antigen binding fragments may be produced by genetic engineering. In this technique, as with the standard hybridoma procedure, antibody-producing cells are sensitized to the desired antigen or immunogen. The messenger RNA isolated from the immune spleen cells or hybridomas is used as a template to make cDNA using PCR amplification. A library of vectors, each containing one heavy chain gene and one light chain gene retaining the initial antigen specificity, is produced by insertion of appropriate sections of the amplified immunoglobulin cDNA into the expression vectors. A combinatorial library is constructed by combining the heavy chain gene library with the light chain gene library. This results in a library of clones which co-express a heavy and light chain (resembling the Fab fragment or antigen binding fragment of an antibody molecule). The vectors that carry these genes are co-transfected into a host (e.g. bacteria, insect cells, mammalian cells, or other suitable protein production host cell.). When antibody gene synthesis is induced in the transfected host, the heavy and light chain proteins self-assemble to produce active antibodies that can be detected by screening with the antigen or immunogen.
- In certain embodiments, recombinant antibodies are produced in a recombinant protein production system which correctly glycosylates and processes the immunoglobulin chains, such as insect or mammalian cells. An advantage to using insect cells, which utilize recombinant baculoviruses for the production of antibodies, is that the baculovirus system allows production of mutant antibodies much more rapidly than stably transfected mammalian cell lines. In addition, insect cells have been shown to correctly process and glycosylate eukaryotic proteins, which prokaryotic cells do not. Finally, the baculovirus expression of foreign protein has been shown to constitute as much as 50-75% of the total cellular protein late in viral infection, making this system an excellent means of producing milligram quantities of the recombinant antibodies.
- Antibodies with a reduced propensity to induce a violent or detrimental immune response in humans (such as anaphylactic shock), and which also exhibit a reduced propensity for priming an immune response which would prevent repeated dosage with the antibody therapeutic or imaging agent are preferred for use in the invention. Thus, humanized, chimeric, or xenogenic human antibodies, which produce less of an immune response when administered to humans, are preferred for use in the present invention.
- Chimeric antibodies may be made by recombinant means by combining the murine variable light and heavy chain regions (VK and VH), obtained from a murine (or other animal-derived) hybridoma clone, with the human constant light and heavy chain regions, in order to produce an antibody with predominantly human domains. The production of such chimeric antibodies is well known in the art, and may be achieved by standard means (as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,624,659, incorporated fully herein by reference). Humanized antibodies are engineered to contain even more human-like immunoglobulin domains, and incorporate only the complementarity-determining regions of the animal-derived antibody. This is accomplished by carefully examining the sequence of the hyper-variable loops of the variable regions of the monoclonal antibody, and fitting them to the structure of the human antibody chains. Although facially complex, the process is straightforward in practice. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,187,287, incorporated fully herein by reference.
- Alternatively, polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies may be produced from animals that have been genetically altered to produce human immunoglobulins. Techniques for generating such animals, and deriving antibodies therefrom, are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,162,963 and 6,150,584, incorporated fully herein by reference.
- Alternatively, single chain antibodies (Fv, as described below) can be produced from phage libraries containing human variable regions. See U.S. Pat. No. 6,174,708. In addition to entire immunoglobulins (or their recombinant counterparts), immunoglobulin fragments comprising the epitope binding site (e.g., Fab′, F(ab′)2, or other fragments) are useful as antibody moieties in the present invention. Such antibody fragments may be generated from whole immunoglobulins by ficin, pepsin, papain, or other protease cleavage. “Fragment,” or minimal immunoglobulins may be designed utilizing recombinant immunoglobulin techniques. For instance “Fv” immunoglobulins for use in the present invention may be produced by linking a variable light chain region to a variable heavy chain region via a peptide linker (e.g., poly-glycine or another sequence which does not form an alpha helix or beta sheet motif).
- Fv fragments are heterodimers of the variable heavy chain domain (VH) and the variable light chain domain (VL). The heterodimers of heavy and light chain domains that occur in whole IgG, for example, are connected by a disulfide bond. Recombinant Fvs in which VH and VL are connected by a peptide linker are typically stable, see, for example, Huston et al., Proc. Natl. Acad, Sci. USA 85:5879-5883 (1988) and Bird et al., Science 242:423-426 (1988), both fully incorporated herein, by reference.
- In addition, derivatized immunoglobulins with added chemical linkers, detectable moieties, such as fluorescent dyes, enzymes, substrates, chemiluminescent moieties and the like, or specific binding moieties, such as streptavidin, avidin, or biotin, and the like may be utilized in the methods and compositions of the present invention. For convenience, the term “antibody” or “antibody moiety” will be used throughout to generally refer to molecules which specifically bind to an epitope of the TXR1 protein targets, although the term will encompass all immunoglobulins, derivatives, fragments, recombinant or engineered immunoglobulins, and modified immunoglobulins, as described above.
- Candidate antibodies can be tested for activity by any suitable standard means. As a first screen, the antibodies may be tested for binding against the immunogen, or protein. As a second screen, candidates may be tested for binding to an appropriate cell line. For these screens, the candidate antibody may be labeled for detection. After selective binding to the protein target is established, the candidate antibody agent may be tested for appropriate activity (i.e., the ability to increase taxane sensitivity to cells) in an in vitro or in vivo model.
- In yet other embodiments, the TXR1 modulatory agent is an agent that enhances TXR1 activity, e.g., so that angiogenesis is enhanced in a subject. As such, the TXR1 modulatory agent is a TXR1 agonist. In these embodiments, the TXR1 genes, gene fragments, or the encoded protein or protein fragments, e.g., peptides (such as TXR1 mimetics), are useful to modulate, e.g., enhance, TXR1 activity in a subject. Upregulation of expression is achieved in a number of ways. Coding sequences may be introduced to increase expression levels. Binding agonists, for example, a peptide that mimics TXR1 binding and retains TXR1 activity, at least with respect to increasing angiogenesis, may be used.
- Introduction of an expression vector encoding a polypeptide can be used to express the encoded product in cells lacking the sequence, or to over-express the product. Various promoters can be used that are constitutive or subject to external regulation, where in the latter situation, one can turn on or off the transcription of a gene. These coding sequences may include full-length cDNA or genomic clones, fragments derived therefrom, or chimeras that combine a naturally occurring sequence with functional or structural domains of other coding sequences. Alternatively, the introduced sequence may encode an anti-sense sequence; be an anti-sense oligonucleotide; encode a dominant negative mutation, or dominant or constitutively active mutations of native sequences; altered regulatory sequences, etc.
- A variety of methods can be used to construct expression vectors containing coding sequences and appropriate transcriptional and translational control signals for increased expression of an exogenous gene introduced into a cell. These methods include, for example, in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. Alternatively, RNA capable of encoding gene product sequences may be chemically synthesized using, for example, synthesizers. See, for example, the techniques described in “Oligonucleotide Synthesis”, 1984, Gait, M. J. ed., IRL Press, Oxford.
- A variety of host-expression vector systems may be utilized to express a genetic coding sequence. Expression constructs may contain promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells, e.g., metallothionein promoter, elongation factor promoter, actin promoter, etc., from mammalian viruses, e.g., the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter, SV40 late promoter, cytomegalovirus, etc.
- In mammalian host cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized, e.g. retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus, herpesvirus, and the like. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, the coding sequence of interest may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g., the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region E1 or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the gene product in infected hosts (see Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659). Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted gene product coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. Standard systems for generating adenoviral vectors for expression on inserted sequences are available from commercial sources, for example the Adeno-X™ expression system from Clontech (Clontechniques (January 2000) p. 10-12).
- In cases where an entire gene, including its own initiation codon and adjacent sequences, is inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional translational control signals may be needed.. However, in cases where only a portion of the gene coding sequence is inserted, exogenous translational control signals, including, perhaps, the ATG initiation codon, must be provided. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see Bittner et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol. 153:516-544).
- In representative embodiments, methods are used that achieve a high efficiency of transfection, and therefore circumvent the need for using selectable markers. These may include adenovirus infection (see, for example Wrighton, 1996, J. Exp. Med. 183: 1013; Soares, J. Immunol., 1998, 161: 4572; Spiecker, 2000, J. Immunol 164: 3316; and Weber, 1999, Blood 93: 3685); and lentivirus infection (for example, International Patent Application WO000600; or WO9851810). Adenovirus-mediated gene transduction of endothelial cells has been reported with 100% efficiency. Retroviral vectors also can have a high efficiency of infection with endothelial cells, with reported infection efficiencies of 40-77%. Other vectors of interest include lentiviral vectors, for examples, see Barry et al. (2000) Hum Gene Ther 11(2):323-32; and Wang et al. (2000) Gene Ther 7(3): 196-200.
- Viral vectors include retroviral vectors (e.g. derived from MoMLV, MSCV, SFFV, MPSV, SNV etc), lentiviral vectors (e.g. derived from HIV-1, HIV-2, SIV, BIV, FIV etc.), adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors, adenoviral vectors (e.g. derived from Ad5 virus), SV40-based vectors, Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV)-based vectors etc. A vector construct may include drug resistance genes (neo, dhfr, hprt, gpt, bleo, puro etc) enzymes (β-galactosidase, alkaline phosphatase etc) fluorescent genes (e.g. GFP, RFP, BFP, YFP) or surface markers (e.g. CD24, NGFr, Lyt-2 etc).
- The gene or protein may be introduced into tissues or host cells by any number of routes, including viral infection, microinjection, or fusion of vesicles. Jet injection may also be used for intra-muscular administration, as described by Furth et al. (1992), Anal Biochem 205:365-368. The DNA may be coated onto gold microparticles, and delivered intradermally by a particle bombardment device, or “gene gun” as described in the literature (see, for example, Tang et al. (1992), Nature 356:152-154), where gold microprojectiles are coated with the DNA, then bombarded into skin cells.
- Once the gene corresponding to a selected polynucleotide is identified, its expression can be regulated in the cell to which the gene is native. For example, an endogenous gene of a cell can be regulated by an exogenous regulatory sequence as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,670; the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- Also of interest in these embodiments is the administration of TXR1 itself or active fragments, as well as mimetics, thereof. Biologically active fragments, mutants, or analogues of TXR1 are tested for the ability to enhance taxane sensitivity. Fragments are recombinantly produced or generated by enzymatic digestion.
- Also of interest are small molecule agonists or antagonists, e.g., as may be identified with the screening assays described below, of the above-described proteins or active fragments thereof, such as those described above in connection with TXR1.
- The TXR1 modulatory agent may be administered to the host using any convenient protocol capable of producing the desired result. Thus, the agent can be incorporated into a variety of formulations for therapeutic administration. More particularly, the agent can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants and aerosols. As such, administration of the agent can be achieved in various ways, including oral, buccal, rectal, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intradermal, transdermal, intracheal, etc., administration. In pharmaceutical dosage forms, the agent may be administered alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically active compounds. The following methods and excipients are merely exemplary and are in no way limiting.
- For oral preparations, the agent can be used alone or in combination with appropriate additives to make tablets, powders, granules or capsules, for example, with conventional additives, such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch; with binders, such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators, such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; with lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate; and if desired, with diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives and flavoring agents.
- The agent can be formulated into preparations for injection by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying them in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent, such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol; and if desired, with conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
- The agent can be utilized in aerosol formulation to be administered via inhalation. The agent can be formulated into pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like.
- Furthermore, the agent can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases. The agents can be administered rectally via a suppository. The suppository can include vehicles such as cocoa butter, carbowaxes and polyethylene glycols, which melt at body temperature, yet are solidified at room temperature.
- Unit dosage forms for oral or rectal administration such as syrups, elixirs, and suspensions may be provided wherein each dosage unit, for example, teaspoonful, tablespoonful, tablet or suppository, contains a predetermined amount of the composition containing active agent. Similarly, unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may comprise the active agent in a composition as a solution in sterile water, normal saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- The term “unit dosage form,” as used herein, refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human and animal subjects, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of compounds of the present invention calculated in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or vehicle. The specifications for the novel unit dosage forms of the present invention depend on the particular compound employed and the effect to be achieved, and the pharmacodynamics associated with each compound in the host.
- The pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as vehicles, adjuvants, carriers or diluents, are readily available to the public. Moreover, pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances, such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, stabilizers, wetting agents and the like, are readily available to the public.
- Those of skill will readily appreciate that dose levels can vary as a function of the specific compound, the severity of the symptoms and the susceptibility of the subject to side effects. Dosages for a given compound are readily determinable by those of skill in the art by a variety of means.
- Utility
- The subject methods find use in a variety of applications in which modulation of angiogenesis is desired. Applications of interest include those in which promotion of angiogenesis is desired. As such, aspects of the invention include increasing angiogenesis, as described herein, in any subject in need thereof, e.g., a subject that has been diagnosed with a condition that can be treated by enhancing angiogenesis in the subject. Increasing angiogenesis can be useful, for example, for healing of wounds, fractures, and burns, as well as treating inflammatory diseases, heart disease, e.g., restenosis, ischeric heart, myocardial infarction and peripheral vascular diseases (e.g., in diabetics). Enhancing angiogenesis can also be useful in, e.g., treating stroke, infertility, scleroderma as well as following microsurgery and re-attachment of limbs, digits, and organs. Promotion of angiogenesis can also aid in accelerating various physiological processes and treatment of diseases requiring increased vascularization such as the healing of wounds, fractures, and burns, inflammatory diseases, ischeric heart, and peripheral vascular diseases.
- Applications of interest also include those in which inhibition of angiogenesis is desired. As such, aspects of the invention include decreasing angiogenesis, as described herein, in any subject in need thereof, e.g., a subject that has been diagnosed with a condition that can be treated by decreasing angiogenesis in the subject. For example, decreasing TXR1 activity, thereby decreasing angiogenesis, is useful to inhibit formation, growth and/or metastasis of tumors, especially solid tumors. Examples of tumors including carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, lympohomas, sarcomas, and other solid tumors, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,945,403, solid tumors; blood born tumors such as leukemias; tumor metastasis; benign tumors, for example hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas. In some cases, angiogenesis is reduced according to the methods of the invention in subjects having, e.g., carcinomas, gliomas, mesotheliomas, melanomas, lymphomas, leukemias, adenocarcinomas, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, glioblastoma, leukemia, lymphoma, prostate cancer, and Burkitt's lymphoma, head and neck cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, cancer of the esophagus, stomach cancer, pancreatic cancer, hepatobiliary cancer, cancer of the gallbladder, cancer of the small intestine, rectal cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, prostate cancer, penile cancer, urethral cancer, testicular cancer, cervical cancer, vaginal cancer, uterine cancer, ovarian cancer, thyroid cancer, parathyroid cancer, adrenal cancer, pancreatic endocrine cancer, carcinoid cancer, bone cancer, skin cancer, retinoblastomas, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (see, CANCER:PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE (DeVita, V. T. et al. eds 1997) for additional cancers). Other disorders involving unwanted or problematic angiogenesis include rheumatoid arthritis; psoriasis; ocular angiogenic diseases, for example, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis; Osler-Webber Syndrome; myocardial angiogenesis; plaque neovascularization; telangiectasia; hemophiliac joints; angiofibroma; disease of excessive or abnormal stimulation of endothelial cells, including intestinal adhesions, Crohn's disease, skin diseases such as psoriasis, excema, and scleroderma, diabetes, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, age-related macular degeneration, atherosclerosis, scleroderma, wound granulation and hypertrophic scars, i.e., keloids, and diseases that have angiogenesis as a pathologic consequence such as cat scratch disease and ulcers (Helicobacter pylori), can also be treated. Angiogenic inhibitors can be used to prevent or inhibit adhesions, especially intra-peritoneal or pelvic adhesions such as those resulting after open or laproscopic surgery, and bum contractions. Other conditions which should be beneficially treated using the angiogenesis inhibitors include prevention of scarring following transplantation, cirrhosis of the liver, pulmonary fibrosis following acute respiratory distress syndrome or other pulmonary fibrosis of the newborn, implantation of temporary prosthetics, and adhesions after surgery between the brain and the dura. Endometriosis, polyposis, cardiac hypertrophyy, as well as obesity, may also be treated by inhibition of angiogenesis. These disorders may involve increases in size or growth of other types of normal tissue, such as uterine fibroids, prostatic hypertrophy, and amyloidosis. Modulators of TXR1 may be used prophylactically or therapeutically for any of the disorders or diseases described herein. Decreasing TXR1 activity can also be used in the prevention of neovascularization to effectively treat a host of disorders. Thus, for example, the decreasing angiogenesis can be used as part of a treatment for disorders of blood vessels (e.g., hemangiomas and capillary proliferation within atherosclerotic plaques), muscle diseases (e.g., myocardial angiogenesis, myocardial infarction or angiogenesis within smooth muscles), joints (e.g., arthritis, hemophiliac joints, etc.), and other disorders associated with angiogenesis.
- Aside from treating disorders and symptoms associated with neovascularization, the inhibition of angiogenesis can be used to modulate or prevent the occurrence of normal physiological conditions associated with neovascularization. Thus, for example the inventive method can be used as a birth control. In accordance with the present invention, decreasing TXR1 activity within the ovaries or endometrium can attenuate neovascularization associated with ovulation, implantation of an embryo, placenta formation, etc. As such, another condition that may be treated according to the subject methods is undesired pregnancy, where use of the subject methods can be employed to pharmacologically terminate a pregnancy prior to term, where such applications include animal, particularly mammalian, population control, e.g., to control undesirably large populations of wild animals, domestic animals, etc.
- By treatment is meant at least an amelioration of the symptoms associated with the disease condition afflicting the host, where amelioration is used in a broad sense to refer to at least a reduction in the magnitude of a parameter, e.g. symptom, associated with the pathological condition being treated, such as size of tumor, rate of growth of tumor, spread of tumor, etc. As such, treatment also includes situations where the pathological condition, or at least symptoms associated therewith, are completely inhibited, e.g. prevented from happening, or stopped, e.g. terminated, such that the host no longer suffers from the pathological condition, or at least the symptoms that characterize the pathological condition.
- A variety of hosts are treatable according to the subject methods. Generally such hosts are “mammals” or “mammalian,” where these terms are used broadly to describe organisms which are within the class mammalia, including the orders carnivore (e.g., dogs and cats), rodentia (e.g., mice, guinea pigs, and rats), and primates (e.g., humans, chimpanzees, and monkeys). In many embodiments, the hosts will be humans.
- Screening Assays
- The availability of purified TXR1, as described below, and other components in the TXR1 pathway, e.g., TSP-1 etc., allows in vitro reconstruction of the pathway. Two or more of the components may be combined in vitro, and the behavior assessed in terms of activation of transcription of specific target sequences; modification of protein components, e.g. proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, methylation, etc.; ability of different protein components to bind to each other, etc. The components may be modified by sequence deletion, substitution, etc. to determine the functional role of specific residues.
- Drug screening may be performed using an in vitro model, a genetically altered cell or animal, or purified TXR1 protein. One can identify ligands or substrates that compete with, modulate or mimic the action of TXR1. Areas of investigation include the development of treatments as a cardioprotective agent; for treatment of hypertension; for activity relating to the release of prolactin, regulation of growth hormone release; etc.
- Drug screening identifies agents that mimic TXR1 activity, either as an antagonist or as an agonist. A wide variety of assays may be used for this purpose, including labeled in vitro protein-protein binding assays, electrophoretic mobility shift assays, immunoassays for protein binding, and the like. Knowledge of the 3-dimensional structure of TXR1, derived from crystallization of purified synthetic TXR1 protein, leads to the rational design of small drugs that specifically inhibit TXR1 activity.
- The term “agent” as used herein describes any molecule, e.g. protein or pharmaceutical, with the capability of altering or mimicking the physiological function of TXR1. Generally, a plurality of assay mixtures are run in parallel with different agent concentrations to obtain a differential response to the various concentrations. Typically one of these concentrations serves as a negative control, i.e., at zero concentration or below the level of detection.
- Candidate agents encompass numerous chemical classes, such as organic molecules, e.g., small organic compounds having a molecular weight of more than 50 and less than about 2,500 daltons. Candidate agents comprise functional groups necessary for structural interaction with proteins, particularly hydrogen bonding, and typically include at least an amine, carbonyl, hydroxyl or carboxyl group, preferably at least two of the functional chemical groups. The candidate agents often comprise cyclical carbon or heterocyclic structures and/or aromatic or polyaromatic structures substituted with one or more of the above functional groups. Candidate agents are also found among biomolecules including peptides, saccharides, fatty acids, steroids, purines, pyrimidines, derivatives, structural analogs or combinations thereof.
- Candidate agents are obtained from a wide variety of sources including libraries of synthetic or natural compounds. For example, numerous means are available for random and directed synthesis of a wide variety of organic compounds and biomolecules, including expression of randomized oligonucleotides and oligopeptides. Alternatively, libraries of natural compounds in the form of bacterial, fungal, plant and animal extracts are available or readily produced. Additionally, natural or synthetically produced libraries and compounds are readily modified through conventional chemical, physical and biochemical means, and may be used to produce combinatorial libraries. Known pharmacological agents may be subjected to directed or random chemical modifications, such as acylation, alkylation, esterification, amidification, etc. to produce structural analogs.
- Where the screening assay is a binding assay, one or more of the molecules may be joined to a label, where the label can directly or indirectly provide a detectable signal. Various labels include radioisotopes, fluorescers, chemiluminescers, enzymes, specific binding molecules, particles, e.g. magnetic particles, and the like. Specific binding molecules include pairs, such as biotin and streptavidin, digoxin and antidigoxin, etc. For the specific binding members, the complementary member would normally be labeled with a molecule that provides for detection, in accordance with known procedures.
- A variety of other reagents may be included in the screening assay. These include reagents like salts, neutral proteins, e.g. albumin, detergents, etc. that are used to facilitate optimal protein-protein binding and/or reduce non-specific or background interactions. Reagents that improve the efficiency of the assay, such as protease inhibitors, nuclease inhibitors, anti-microbial agents, etc. may be used. The mixture of components is added in any order that provides for the requisite binding. Incubations are performed at any suitable temperature, typically between 4 and 40° C. Incubation periods are selected for optimum activity, but may also be optimized to facilitate rapid high-throughput screening. Typically between 0.1 and 1 hours will be sufficient.
- The compounds having the desired pharmacological activity may be administered in a physiologically acceptable carrier to a host for treatment of hypertension, etc. The compounds may also be used to enhance TXR1 function as a cardioprotective agent; for treatment of hypertension; for appetite suppression, for activity relating to the release of prolactin, regulation of growth hormone release; etc. The agents may be administered in a variety of ways, orally, topically, parenterally e.g. subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, by viral infection, intravascularly, etc. Depending upon the manner of introduction, the compounds may be formulated in a variety of ways. The concentration of therapeutically active compound in the formulation may vary from about 0.1-10 wt %.
- As such, also provided by the subject invention are screening assays designed to find TXR1 pathway modulatory agents of the invention, where such agents may find use in a variety of applications, including as therapeutic agents, as described above, e.g., for angiogenesis modulation. The screening methods may be assays which provide for qualitative/quantitative measurements of TXR1 pathway mediated angiogenesis in the presence of a particular candidate therapeutic agent. The screening method may be an in vitro or in vivo format, where both formats are readily developed by those of skill in the art.
- Combination Therapies
- Modulators of TXR1 activity can be supplied alone or in combination with one or more other active agents. For example, TXR1 antagonists can be supplied alone or in conjunction with one or more other drugs. Possible combination partners can include, e.g., additional anti-angiogenic factors and/or chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., cytotoxic agents) or radiation, a cancer vaccine, an immunomodulatory agent, an anti-vascular agent, a signal transduction inhibitor, an antiproliferative agent, or an apoptosis inducer.
- Inhibitors of TXR1 can be used in conjunction with antibodies and peptides that block integrin engagement, proteins and small molecules that inhibit metalloproteinases (e.g., marmistat), agents that block phosphorylation cascades within endothelial cells (e.g., herbamycin), dominant negative receptors for known inducers of angiogenesis, antibodies against inducers of angiogenesis or other compounds that block their activity (e.g., suramin), or other compounds (e.g., retinoids, IL-4, interferons, etc.) acting by other means. Indeed, as such factors may modulate angiogenesis by different mechanisms, employing inhibitors of TXR1 in combination with other antiangiogenic agents in certain embodiments provides a more potent (and in certain embodiments synergistic) inhibition of angiogenesis within the desired tissue.
- Anti-angiogenesis agents, such as MMP-2 (matrix-metalloprotienase 2) inhibitors, MMP-9 (matrix-metalloprotienase 9) inhibitors, and COX-II (cyclooxygenase 11) inhibitors, can be used in conjunction with inhibitors of CCX-CKR2 and pharmaceutical compositions described herein. Inhibitors of CCX-CKR2 can also be used with signal transduction inhibitors, such as agents that can inhibit EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor) responses, such as EGFR antibodies, EGF antibodies, and molecules that are EGFR inhibitors; VEGF (vascular endothelial growth factor) inhibitors, such as VEGF receptors and molecules that can inhibit VEGF; and erbB2 receptor inhibitors, such as organic molecules or antibodies that bind to the erbB2 receptor, for example, HERCEPTIN.multidot. (Genentech, Inc. of South San Francisco, Calif., USA).
- Molecules that increase or decrease TXR1 activity can also be combined with other drugs including drugs that promote angiogenesis and/or wound healing. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that one can incorporate one or more medico-surgically useful substances or therapeutic agents, e.g., those which can further intensify the angiogenic response, and/or accelerate and/or beneficially modify the healing process when the composition is applied to the desired site requiring angiogenesis. For example, to further promote angiogenesis, repair and/or tissue growth, at least one of several hormones, growth factors or mitogenic proteins can be included in the-composition, e.g., fibroblast growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, macrophage derived growth factor, etc. In addition, antimicrobial agents can be included in the compositions, e.g., antibiotics such as gentamicin sulfate, or erythromycin. Other medico-surgically useful agents can include anti-inflammatories, analgesics, anesthetics, rubifacients, enzymes, antihistamines and dyes.
- Molecules that decrease TXR1 activity can also be combined with other drugs including drugs for treating arthritis. Examples of such agents include anti-inflammatory therapeutic agents. For example, glucocorticosteroids, such as prednisolone and methylprednisolone, are often-used anti-inflammatory drugs. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) are also used to suppress inflammation. NSAIDs inhibit the cyclooxygenase (COX) enzymes, COX-1 and COX-2, which are central to the production of prostaglandins produced in excess at sites of inflammation. In addition, the inflammation-promoting cytokine, tumor necrosis factor alpha. (TNF-α), is associated with multiple inflammatory events, including arthritis, and anti-TNF-α therapies are being used clinically.
- Pharmaceutical Preparations
- Also provided are pharmaceutical preparations of the subject compounds. The subject compounds can be incorporated into a variety of formulations for administration to a subject. More particularly, the compounds of the present invention can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants and aerosols. The formulations may be designed for administration via a number of different routes, including oral, buccal, rectal, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intradermal, transdermal, intracheal, etc., administration.
- In pharmaceutical dosage forms, the compounds may be administered in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or they may also be used alone or in appropriate association, as well as in combination, with other pharmaceutically active compounds. The following methods and excipients are merely exemplary and are in no way limiting.
- The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example, magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the technique described in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
- Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethycellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
- Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
- The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, for example olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, for example liquid paraffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavouring agents.
- Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents. The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butane diol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
- The compounds can be formulated into preparations for injection by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying them in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent, such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol; and if desired, with conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
- The compounds can be utilized in aerosol formulation to be administered via inhalation. The compounds of the present invention can be formulated into pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like.
- Furthermore, the compounds can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases. The compounds of the present invention can be administered rectally via a suppository. The suppository can include vehicles such as cocoa butter, carbowaxes and polyethylene glycols, which melt at body temperature, yet are solidified at room temperature.
- The compounds of this invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts which are active on topical administration can be formulated as transdermal compositions or transdermal delivery devices (“patches”). Such compositions include, for example, a backing, active compound reservoir, a control membrane, liner and contact adhesive. Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts. The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,023,252, issued Jun. 11, 1991, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
- Optionally, the pharmaceutical composition may contain other pharmaceutically acceptable components, such a buffers, surfactants, antioxidants, viscosity modifying agents, preservatives and the like. Each of these components is well-known in the art. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,985,310, the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
- Other components suitable for use in the formulations of the present invention can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Company, Philadelphia, Pa., 17th ed. (1985). In an embodiment, the aqueous cyclodextrin solution further comprise dextrose, e.g., about 5% dextrose.
- Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.01 mg to about 140 mg/kg of body weight per day are useful in representative embodiments, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per patient per day. For example, inflammation may be effectively treated by the administration of from about 0.01 to 50 mg of the compound per kilogram of body weight per day, or alternatively about 0.5 mg to about 3.5 g per patient per day. Those of skill will readily appreciate that dose levels can vary as a function of the specific compound, the severity of the symptoms and the susceptibility of the subject to side effects. Dosages for a given compound are readily determinable by those of skill in the art by a variety of means.
- The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for the oral administration of humans may contain from 0.5 mg to 5 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95 percent of the total composition. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient, typically 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 200 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg, or 1000 mg.
- It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
- As such, unit dosage forms for oral or rectal administration such as syrups, elixirs, and suspensions may be provided wherein each dosage unit, for example, teaspoonful, tablespoonful, tablet or suppository, contains a predetermined amount of the composition containing one or more inhibitors. Similarly, unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may comprise the inhibitor(s) in a composition as a solution in sterile water, normal saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The term “unit dosage form,” as used herein, refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human and animal subjects, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of compounds of the present invention calculated in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or vehicle. The specifications for the novel unit dosage forms of the present invention depend on the particular peptidomimetic compound employed and the effect to be achieved, and the pharmacodynamics associated with each compound in the host.
- Kits & Systems
- Also provided are kits and systems that find use in practicing embodiments of the methods, such as those described as described above. For example, kits and systems for practicing the subject methods may include one or more pharmaceutical formulations. As such, in certain embodiments the kits may include a single pharmaceutical composition, present as one or more unit dosages, where the composition may include one or more expression/activity inhibitor compounds. In yet other embodiments, the kits may include two or more separate pharmaceutical compositions, each containing a different active compound.
- In addition to the above components, the subject kits may further include instructions for practicing the subject methods. These instructions may be present in the subject kits in a variety of forms, one or more of which may be present in the kit. One form in which these instructions may be present is as printed information on a suitable medium or substrate, e.g., a piece or pieces of paper on which the information is printed, in the packaging of the kit, in a package insert, etc. Yet another means would be a computer readable medium, e.g., diskette, CD, etc., on which the information has been recorded. Yet another means that may be present is a website address which may be used via the internet to access the information at a removed site. Any convenient means may be present in the kits.
- The term “system” as employed herein refers to a collection of two or more different active agents, present in a single or disparate composition, that are brought together for the purpose of practicing the subject methods.
- TXR1 Polypeptides
- The amino acid sequence of human TXR1 is provided in
FIG. 2B (SEQ ID NO:16). Nucleic acids encoding all or significant portions of TXR1 polypeptides include those deposited and assigned accession nos. NM—001005355; NM—018457; NP—001005355; NM—001005354 and NP—001005354, as reviewed in greater detail below in the Experimental Section. - For use in the subject methods, native TXR1 or modifications thereof may be used. Peptides of interest as immunogens and for screening methods, e.g. competitive receptor binding, include fragments of at least about 12 contiguous amino acids, more usually at least about 20 contiguous amino acids, and may comprise 30 or more amino acids, up to the provided peptide, and may extend further to comprise other sequences present in the precursor protein. Peptides of interest for therapeutic purposes may include all or substantially all of the provided peptide, or may comprise fragments thereof that retain the biological activity of TXR1. Such peptides may be amidated, and may comprise substantially all of the mature peptide sequence, i.e. at least about 20 contiguous amino acid resides, at least about 30 contiguous amino acid resides, and may comprise 45 contiguous amino acids residues, or more. Deletions may extend from
residue 1 through 10 of the peptide, and may further delete additionally amino acids at residues 10-15 or more. Smaller deletions, of from 1 to 5 amino acids, may be deleted in the N-terminus. - The sequence of the TXR1 polypeptide may be altered in various ways known in the art to generate targeted changes in sequence. The polypeptide will usually be substantially similar to the sequences provided herein, i.e. will differ by at least one amino acid, and may differ by at least two but not more than about ten amino acids. The sequence changes may be substitutions, insertions or deletions. Scanning mutations that systematically introduce alanine, or other residues, may be used to determine key amino acids. Conservative amino acid substitutions typically include substitutions within the following groups: (glycine, alanine); (valine, isoleucine, leucine); (aspartic acid, glutamic acid); (asparagine, glutamine); (serine, threonine); (lysine, arginine); or (phenylalanine, tyrosine).
- Modifications of interest that do not alter primary sequence include chemical derivatization of polypeptides, e.g., acetylation, or carboxylation. Also included are modifications of glycosylation, e.g. those made by modifying the glycosylation patterns of a polypeptide during its synthesis and processing or in further processing steps; e.g. by exposing the polypeptide to enzymes which affect glycosylation, such as mammalian glycosylating or deglycosylating enzymes. Also embraced are sequences that have phosphorylated amino acid residues, e.g. phosphotyrosine, phosphoserine, or phosphothreonine.
- Also included in the subject invention are polypeptides that have been modified using ordinary molecular biological techniques and synthetic chemistry so as to improve their resistance to proteolytic degradation or to optimize solubility properties or to render them more suitable as a therapeutic agent. For examples, the backbone of the peptide may be cyclized to enhance stability (see Friedler et al. (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275:23783-23789). Analogs of such polypeptides include those containing residues other than naturally occurring L-amino acids, e.g. D-amino acids or non-naturally occurring synthetic amino acids.
- The subject peptides may be prepared by in vitro synthesis, using conventional methods as known in the art. Various commercial synthetic apparatuses are available, for example, automated synthesizers by Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, Calif., Beckman, etc. By using synthesizers, naturally occurring amino acids may be substituted with unnatural amino acids. The particular sequence and the manner of preparation will be determined by convenience, economics, purity required, and the like.
- If desired, various groups may be introduced into the peptide during synthesis or during expression, which allow for linking to other molecules or to a surface. Thus cysteines can be used to make thioethers, histidines for linking to a metal ion complex, carboxyl groups for forming amides or esters, amino groups for forming amides, and the like.
- The polypeptides may also be isolated and purified in accordance with conventional methods of recombinant synthesis. A lysate may be prepared of the expression host and the lysate purified using HPLC, exclusion chromatography, gel electrophoresis, affinity chromatography, or other purification technique. For the most part, the compositions which are used will comprise at least 20% by weight of the desired product, more usually at least about 75% by weight, preferably at least about 95% by weight, and for therapeutic purposes, usually at least about 99.5% by weight, in relation to contaminants related to the method of preparation of the product and its purification. Usually, the percentages will be based upon total protein.
- TXR1 Nucleic Acids
- The invention includes nucleic acids having a sequence that encodes TXR1; nucleic acids that hybridize under stringent conditions, particularly conditions of high stringency, to such a sequence; genes corresponding to the provided nucleic acids; sequences encoding TXR1 polypeptides; and fragments and derivatives thereof. Other nucleic acid compositions contemplated by and within the scope of the present invention will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art when provided with the disclosure here.
- The nucleic acids of the invention include nucleic acids having sequence similarity or sequence identity to specific sequences deposited and assigned accession nos. NM—001005355; NM—018457; NP—001005355; NM—001005354 and NP—001005354. Nucleic acids having sequence similarity are detected by hybridization under low stringency conditions, for example, at 50° C. and 10×SSC (0.9 M saline/0.09 M sodium citrate) and remain bound when subjected to washing at 55° C. in 1×SSC. Sequence identity can be determined by hybridization under stringent conditions, for example, at 50° C. or higher and 0.1×SSC (9 mM saline/0.9 mM sodium citrate). Hybridization methods and conditions are well known in the art, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,707,829. Nucleic acids that are substantially identical to the provided nucleic acid sequence, e.g. allelic variants, genetically altered versions of the gene, etc., bind to the deposited sequences under stringent hybridization conditions. By using probes, particularly labeled probes of DNA sequences, one can isolate homologous or related genes. The source of homologous genes can be any species, e.g. primate species, particularly human; rodents, such as rats and mice; canines, felines, bovines, ovines, equines, fish, yeast, nematodes, etc.
- In one embodiment, hybridization is performed using at least 18 contiguous nucleotides (nt) of a known deposited sequence, or a DNA encoding the TXR1 polypeptide. Such a probe will preferentially hybridize with a nucleic acid comprising the complementary sequence, allowing the identification and retrieval of the nucleic acids that uniquely hybridize to the selected probe. Probes of more than 18 nt can be used, e.g., probes of from about 18 nt to about 25, 50,100, 250, or 500 nt, but 18 nt usually represents sufficient sequence for unique identification.
- Nucleic acids of the invention also include naturally occurring variants of the nucleotide sequences (e.g., degenerate variants, allelic variants, etc.). Variants of the nucleic acids of the invention are identified by hybridization of putative variants with nucleotide sequences disclosed herein, preferably by hybridization under stringent conditions. For example, by using appropriate wash conditions, variants of the nucleic acids of the invention can be identified where the allelic variant exhibits at most about 25-30% base pair (bp) mismatches relative to the selected nucleic acid probe. In general, allelic variants contain 15-25% bp mismatches, and can contain as little as even 5-15%, or 2-5%, or 1-2% bp mismatches, as well as a single bp mismatch.
- The invention also encompasses homologs corresponding to the nucleic acids, where the source of homologous genes can be any mammalian species, e.g., primate species, particularly human; rodents, such as rats; canines, felines, bovines, ovines, equines, fish, yeast, nematodes, etc. Between mammalian species, e.g., human and mouse, homologs generally have substantial sequence similarity, e.g., at least 75% sequence identity, usually at least 90%, more usually at least 95% between nucleotide sequences. Sequence similarity is calculated based on a reference sequence, which may be a subset of a larger sequence, such as a conserved motif, coding region, flanking region, etc. A reference sequence will usually be at least about 18 contiguous nt long, more usually at least about 30 nt long, and may extend to the complete sequence that is being compared. Algorithms for sequence analysis are known in the art, such as gapped BLAST, described in Altschul et al. Nucl. Acids Res. (1997) 25:3389-3402.
- The subject nucleic acids can be cDNAs or genomic DNAs, as well as fragments thereof, particularly fragments that encode a biologically active polypeptide and/or are useful in the methods disclosed herein (e.g., in diagnosis, as a unique identifier of a differentially expressed gene of interest, etc.). The term “cDNA” as used herein is intended to include all nucleic acids that share the arrangement of sequence elements found in native mature mRNA species, where sequence elements are exons and 3′ and 5′ non-coding regions. Normally mRNA species have contiguous exons, with the intervening introns, when present, being removed by nuclear RNA splicing, to create a continuous open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of the invention.
- A genomic sequence of interest comprises the nucleic acid present between the initiation codon and the stop codon, as defined in the listed sequences, including all of the introns that are normally present in a native chromosome. It can further include the 3′ and 5′ untranslated regions found in the mature mRNA. It can further include specific transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences, such as promoters, enhancers, etc., including about 1 kb, but possibly more, of flanking genomic DNA at the 5′ and/or 3′ end of the transcribed region. The genomic DNA can be isolated as a fragment of 100 kbp or smaller; and substantially free of flanking chromosomal sequence. The genomic DNA flanking the coding region, either 3′ and 5′, or internal regulatory sequences as sometimes found in introns, contains sequences required for proper tissue, stage-specific, or disease-state specific expression.
- The nucleic acid compositions of the subject invention can encode all or a part of the subject polypeptides. Double or single stranded fragments can be obtained from the DNA sequence by chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides in accordance with conventional methods, by restriction enzyme digestion, by PCR amplification, etc. Isolated nucleic acids and nucleic acid fragments of the invention comprise at least about 18, about 50, about 100, to about 500 contiguous nt selected from the nucleic acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 1. For the most part, fragments will be of at least 18 nt, usually at least 25 nt, and up to at least about 50 contiguous nt in length or more.
- Probes specific to the nucleic acid of the invention can be generated using the nucleic acid sequences. The probes are preferably at least about 18 nt, 25nt or more of the corresponding contiguous sequence. The probes can be synthesized chemically or can be generated from longer nucleic acids using restriction enzymes. The probes can be labeled, for example, with a radioactive, biotinylated, or fluorescent tag. Preferably, probes are designed based upon an identifying sequence of one of the provided sequences. More preferably, probes are designed based on a contiguous sequence of one of the subject nucleic acids that remain unmasked following application of a masking program for masking low complexity (e.g., BLASTX) to the sequence, i.e., one would select an unmasked region, as indicated by the nucleic acids outside the poly-n stretches of the masked sequence produced by the masking program.
- The nucleic acids of the subject invention are isolated and obtained in substantial purity, generally as other than an intact chromosome. Usually, the nucleic acids, either as DNA or RNA, will be obtained substantially free of other naturally-occurring nucleic acid sequences, generally being at least about 50%, usually at least about 90% pure and are typically “recombinant,” e.g., flanked by one or more nucleotides with which it is not normally associated on a naturally occurring chromosome.
- The nucleic acids of the invention can be provided as a linear molecule or within a circular molecule, and can be provided within autonomously replicating molecules (vectors) or within molecules without replication sequences. Expression of the nucleic acids can be regulated by their own or by other regulatory sequences known in the art. The nucleic acids of the invention can be introduced into suitable host cells using a variety of techniques available in the art, such as transferrin polycation-mediated DNA transfer, transfection with naked or encapsulated nucleic acids, liposome-mediated DNA transfer, intracellular transportation of DNA-coated latex beads, protoplast fusion, viral infection, electroporation, gene gun, calcium phosphate-mediated transfection, and the like.
- The following examples are offered by way of illustration and not by way of limitation.
- A. Construction of Plasmids
- The gene search vector (GSV) used to identify txr1 (
FIG. 1A ) was modified from a previously described retroviral vector (Li & Cohen, Cell (1996) 85: 319-329). The construct includes a cassette containing a tetracycline (Tc) regulated promoter (TcRP) and an adenovirus splice acceptor (SA) site positioned in an antisense direction to, and 5′ to, a promoterless neo (G418-resistance) reporter gene in the U3 region of a murine self-inactivating pHAMM backbone, allowing expression of neo from cellular promoters flanking the site of chromosomal integration. The orientation of TcRP-activated transcription is designed to alter the function of the chromosomal gene activating neo expression by generating Tc-controlled antisense RNA. - The pEGFPTxr1 plasmid was constructed by inserting a txr1 cDNA fragment into the BglII and EcoRI sites of pCMV-EGFPN1 (Clontech, Mountain View, Calif.). pLEST-Txr1HA was constructed by inserting a txr1 cDNA fragment tagged with a 3′ HA-encoding sequence into the NheI site of lentivirus based vector, PLEST (Lu et al., Proc Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA (2004)101: 17246-17251. The structures of all constructs were confirmed by analysis of restriction enzyme digestion and by DNA sequencing. A TSP-1 promoter controlled luciferase reporter construct (pTSP1.7Luc), which contains 1.7kb upstream sequences and the first intron of TSP-1, was a gift from Dr. Susan Cohn (Yang et al., Cancer Res. (2003) 63: 6299-6310).
- B. Cell Culture and Construction of GSV Mutated Library
- Media and cell culture supplements were purchased from Invitrogen. Paclitaxel, vinblastine, vincristine, adriamycin, ectoposide, cyclosporin A were purchased from Sigma. Epothilone B and TSP-1 purified from human platelets were purchased from EMD Biosciences. Docetaxel (Adventis) was a gift from Dr. Branimir Sikic. TSP-1 mimetic peptides, 4N1K(KRFYVVMWKK (SEQ ID NO:01)), amino acid 1016-1023) and its control peptide 4NGG (KRFYGGMWKK(SEQ ID NO:02)) were synthesized by GeneMed (South San Francisco, Calif.); ABT-510 (GVITRIR (SEQ ID NO:03), amino acid 553-559) was a gift from Abbott Laboratories. M2182 (Bae et al., Prostate (1998) 34: 275-282) cells were cultured in serum-free media RPMI1640 supplemented with 0.1 μM dexamethasone, 10 ng/ml epidermal growth factor, 50 μg/ml gentamycin, 5 μg/ml insulin, 5 μg/ml transferrin, and 5 ng/ml selenium. 293t cells were maintained in DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 50 μg/ml streptomycin and 50 units/ml penicillin. All cells were maintained in 5% CO2 humidified incubators at 37° C. M2182tTA cells were established by introducing a construct expressing the Tc-repressed transactivator (tTA) and selecting for clones showing the greatest change in expression of the luciferase reporter gene upon addition of Tc. Retrovirus was produced by co-transfection of GSV DNA with pGP (expressing gag and pol genes) and PVSVG (vesicular stomatitis virus glycoprotein for pseudo-typing the envelope protein) (Ory et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA (1996) 93:11400-11406)into 293t cells. Virus-containing media were harvested 48 hr post-transfection and co-cultured with M2182tTA cells in the presence of 8 μg/ml polybrene for 48 hr. Permanently infected clones containing a GSV insertion near a transcriptionally active region were selected by treating the infected cells with 500 μg/ml G418 for two weeks. A library containing 5×105 independent GSV virus insertions was constructed by pooling cells from several separate infections and used for subsequent screenings.
- C. Selection of Taxol Resistant Cells and Measurement of Drug Resistance
- M2182tTA cells containing GSV virus insertion libraries were seeded at a density of 5×105 per 10 cm plate one day prior to the addition of 10 nM taxol; preliminary experiments showed no surviving M2182tTA cells after 5 days of exposure to 5 nM taxol. After 14 days selection in the presence of taxol, visible colonies were pooled and exposed to 10 nM taxol in a second round of screening. 24 individual colonies obtained from this screening were isolated and expanded. For subsequent plate assays of the effects of taxol and other drugs on colony formation, 1×104 cells per 10 cm plate or per each well of six-well plate were seeded one day prior to drug treatment at the concentrations indicated. After 7 to 14 days exposure to drug, the resistant colonies were stained with 0.5% crystal violet solution and photographed. For quantitative determination of the surviving fraction, the collection of crystal violet stained colonies were incubated with 0.5 ml of DMSO overnight and the absorbance at 570 nm of dye extracted solution was measured. The fraction of surviving cells was calculated relative to non-treated controls. Results were averaged from at least two to three independent experiments. For IC50 determination, 3×103 cells per well of a 96-well plate were seeded one day prior to treatment by serially diluted drugs or in combination with indicated protein/peptides. The viability of treated cells was quantified by their ability to reduce tetrazolium salt 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-y)-2,5-diphenyl tetrasodium bromide (MTT, Sigma) to a formazan dye whose absorbance is detectable at 570 nm. The IC50 value was defined as the dose of taxol that inhibited cell growth by 50%. For TUNEL assays, 5×104 cells/well were seeded on circular coverslips in 24-well plates one day prior to treatment with drug in the presence or absence of 7.5 μg/ml purified TSP-1 for 3 days. Cells were then fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde for 10 min, permeabilized with 0.3% Triton X-100 for 5 min, and incubated with TdT reaction buffer (Roche Molecular Biochemicals) at 37° C. for 2 hr. The buffer was then aspirated, and the slides were incubated with TdT buffer at 37° C. for 1 hr. After mounting in antifade (Molecular Probes), slides were viewed using a confocal microscope (Leica).
- D. Measurement of Taxol Uptake
- 1×104 cells were seeded in each well of 24-well plates one day prior to drug treatment. Media were removed and replaced with media containing 50 nM of [3H] paclitaxel (3.2 Ci/mmol, Moravek Biochemicals). Cells were incubated with [3H] paclitaxel for 3 hr, cooled on ice, washed three times with ice-cold PBS, and lysed by addition of 0.25 ml of 1% SDS. The radioactivity in each sample was determined by scintillation counting.
- E. Cloning of Provirus Integration Site by PCR-Based Genomic Walking
- Genomic DNA was extracted from taxol resistant cells by using the Gentra genomic DNA extraction kit (Gentra Systems). Genomic DNA flanking the GSV integration site was cloned using the GenomeWalker kit (Clontech, Mountain View, Calif.) followed by PCR amplification using Expand High Fidelity PCR Systems (Roche Applied Science). An oligonucleotide corresponding in sequence to the sense strand of the neo gene (5′-GCTGACCGCTTCCTCGTGCTTTACGG-3′)(SEQ ID NO:04) was used as primer.
- F. Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR)
- Poly(A) RNA was extracted from cells using the FastTrack kit (Invitrogen) and quantified by UV absorbance spectroscopy. The chained reverse transcription and Taq polymerase reactions were performed as described in the vendor's manuals. Sequences of oligonucleotides, cycle numbers used for amplification, and product size of each gene were:
β Tubulin class I: 5′-ACCTCGCTGCTCCAGCCTCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:05) and 5′-CCGGCCTGGATGTGCACGAT-3′, 25 cycles, 154 bp (SEQ ID NO:06) β Tubulin class III: 5′-ACATCTCTTCAGGCCTGACAATTTCATC-3′ (SEQ ID NO:07) and 5′- TGCTGATGAGCAACGTGCCCATGCCGGAGC-3′, 25 cycles, 220 bp (SEQ ID NO:08) Txr1 5′-ATGGTTGGACCAGCAGTGATA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:09) and 5′-GGAAGGGTCCAGGGCCTGTAT-3′, 20 cycles, 156 bp (SEQ ID NO:10)
G. Antibodies and Immunoblotting - A peptide, N15 (AGQPGPNPYPPNIGC (SEQ ID NO:11), a.a. 6th to 20th,
FIG. 2B ), corresponding to a segment of Txr1 was synthesized and used as antigen for raising rabbit polyclonal antibodies by Covance. Anti-α-tubulin monoclonal antibody was purchased from Sigma and anti-TSP-1 monoclonal antibody was purchased from Lab Vision. For immunoblotting, 15 μg (for Txr1) or 30 μg (for TSP-1) of cell lysates were separated by 15% or 4-20% SDS-PAGE (Bio-Rad), blotted onto Nitrobind nitrocellulose (Osmonics), and probed with antibody (1:2000 dilution for anti-Txr1, 1:5000 dilution for anti-α-tubulin, and 1:250 dilution for anti-TSP-1). Signals were detected by Western Lightning reagent (PerkinElmer). - H. Immunofluorescence Staining
- Experiments were carried out as described previously (Xie et al., (Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA (1998) 95:1595-1600). Briefly, cells were fixed, permeabilized, blocked and incubated with either primary antibody or preimmune serum (1:250 dilution), and then with secondary antibody conjugated with the fluorescent dyes Oregon Green 488 (1:500 dilution, Molecular Probes). For localization of GFP-fusion protein, cells transfected with a GFP-expressing construct alone or with fusion constructs were fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde for 10 min and stained with DAPI for 10 min. Fluorescent images were obtained by using a confocal microscope (Leica).
- I. Northern Blot and Microarray Hybridization
- Poly(A)-RNA was separated by formaldehyde/
MOPS 1% agarose gel, transferred onto Hybond-N nylon membrane (Amersham Biosciences), and hybridized with radioactively labeled cDNA fragments according to the vendor's instruction manual. Multiple-tissue blots were purchased from Clontech (Mountain View, Calif.). cDNA microarrays on glass slides, which contained approximately 42,000 sequence-verified IMAGE clones representing 28,000 different genes, were made essentially as described (Eisen & Brown, Methods Enzymol. (1999) 303: 179-205). Detailed protocols are available at the website having an address made up of “http:” placed in from of “//cmgm.stanford.edu/pbrown/array.html”. 2 μg of poly(A)-RNAwere labeled by reverse transcription using SuperScript II enzyme (Invitrogen) and oligo(dT)18 primer (New England BioLabs) in the presence of Cy3-dUTP or Cy5-dUTP (Amersham Pharmacia). Slides were hybridized for about 16 hr in a 65° C. water bath and scanned at 10 μm resolution with a GENEPIX 4000B scanner (Axon Instruments). Data were processed and analyzed by GABRIEL as described previously (Pan et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA (2002) 99: 2118-2123; and Zhang et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA (2003) 100: 3251-3256). Briefly, a pattern based rule that selects genes showing reduced or elevated expression inclone 18 in the absence of Tc but similar expression as the parental cell line in the presence of Tc was employed. Thresholds used to define “elevated” or “reduced” were determined by yielding false discovery rate (FDR) values less than 0.001. - J. Promoter Activity Analysis
- 2×105 cells were plated in 6-well dishes for 24 hr prior to transfection. 2 μg of TSP-1 promoter luciferase report construct was transfected into cells with 0.2 μg of pCMVlacZ (as an internal control to monitor transfection efficiency) by FuGENE 6 (Roche Applied Science). Cell lysates harvested at 48 hr after transfection were used to measure luciferase activity by luciferase assay kit (Promega) according to manufacturer's instruction and to determine β-galactosidase by gal reporter chemiluminescent assay (Roche Applied Science). Relative luciferase units were calculated by normalizing the luciferase activity with β-galactosidase activity.
- K. NCI-60 Data Analysis
- For NCI-60 data analysis, drug activity data (A-matrix) were downloaded from the website having an address made up of “http:” placed before “//discover.nci.nih.gov/datasetsNature2000.jsp”, and gene expression data were downloaded from the website having an address made up of “http:” placed before “//genome-www5.stanford.edu/cgi-bin/publication/viewPublication.pl?pub_no=81”. Selection of genes that passed the data quality filter resulted in nineteen cell-lines whose data points for Txr1 (gene name: DKFZP51J157) and TSP-1 (THBS) gene expression were available. The Pearson correlation coefficient of taxol sensitivity with expression of Txr1 and TSP-1 was determined by the mean center method as described in (Pan et al., 2002, supra) for 13 of these 19 lines that showed reciprocally altered expression of Txr1 and TSP-1.
- L. siRNA Mediated Knockdown of Gene Expression
- Two siRNA duplexes corresponding to segments of txr1 mRNA (accession number: AF217517), SI1 (80th-102nd, 5′-AAGAGCGAGACUGCGAAGGAGAdTdT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:12) and 5′-UCUCCUUCGCAGUCUCGGCUCdTdT (SEQ ID NO:13) and SI2 (761st-783rd 5′-AAGAGGAUUGCCAUGGCCUGGCCdTdT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:14) and 5′-GGCCAGGCCAUGGCAAUCCUCdTdT-3′(SEQ ID NO:015), and a pre-synthesized scrambled sequence control (non-specific Control Duplex VIII) were purchased from Dharmacon. An siRNA duplex against TSP-1 was purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology (sc#29528). 2×105 cells were plated in six-well dishes one day prior to transfection of cells with 50 nM siRNA oligo nucleotides using DharmaFECT (Dharmacon). 48 hr later, transfected cells were analyzed for taxol resistance by colony formation assay or MTT assay.
- M. Flow Cytometry Analysis
- 2×105 cells were plated in 60 mm dishes one day prior to analysis. Cells were detached by 10 mM EDTA, washed with cold PBS with 1% fetal bovine serum, incubated 30 min on ice with either fluorescein isothiocyanate conjugated anti-CD36 monoclonal antibody (1:20 dilution, clone FA6.152, Beckman), phycoerythrin conjugated anti-CD47 monoclonal antibody (1:20 dilution, clone B6H12, BD Pharmingen) or corresponding isotype antibody (mouse IgM for anti-CD36, mouse IgG for anti-CD47) at the same dilution. Flow cytometry was performed with FACScan (Becton Dickinson) and the results analyzed using FlowJo software. Experiments were done three times with similar results.
- A. Isolation of Taxol Resistant Clones
- Identification of cells acquiring resistance to taxol employed the overall experimental approach described by Li and Cohen (Li and Cohen, 1996, supra) with two major modifications in the gene search vector (GSV) (
FIG. 1A )—substitution of neo for β-geo as reporter to reduce the size of vector and consequently increase virus production, and use of a tetracycline-controlled promoter (TcRP) to produce antisense transcripts that inhibit the expression of chromosomal genes. A human prostate cancer cell-line, M2182, which was found in initial experiments to be highly sensitive to infection by our retroviral GSV construct, was transfected with the Tc-off transactivator gene (tTA) to generate a Tc-responsive clone (M2182tTA) that subsequently was targeted for infection by the GSV. A pool of M2182tTA cells containing a total of 5×105 independent GSV retroviral insertions was exposed to 10 nM taxol for two sequential two-week cycles of screening. Three clones (clones FIG. 1B ).Clone 18, which had a growth rate similar to that of parental M2182tTA cells but showed an IC50 approximately two and a half-fold greater than the IC50 of the parental cells (FIG. 1B and Table 1), was chosen for further study;clones FIG. 1B ). Addition of 1 μg/ml Tc to cultures ofclone 18 reversed its ability to grow in the presence of either 10 nM taxol or 2 nM docetaxel, a more potent taxane (FIG. 1C ). The absence of detectable effects of Tc on the size or density of colonies in the absence of taxanes indicated that the taxol resistance observed forclone 18 was being regulated by the TcRP promoter. - No evidence of reduced killing of
clone 18 cells by the DNA damaging agents adriamycin and etoposide, by the microtubule destabilizing agents vincristine and vinblastine, or by the microtubule stabilizing drug epothilone B, suggesting that the taxol resistance observed in this clone does not result from multi drug resistance (MDR) (Table 1). Consistent with this conclusion was evidence that 2 μM cyclosporin A, a MDR inhibitor that has been reported to reverse the cellular effects of MDR did not affect taxol resistance (data not shown). Moreover, whereas down-regulation of the TcRP promoter in the chromosomally inserted GSV ofclone 18 cells decreased taxane resistance (FIG. 1C ), it had no effect on the intracellular accumulation of [3H] taxol (FIG. 1D ).Clone 18 cells also showed no indication of altered expression of β-tubulin class I and III microtubule proteins, which commonly are elevated in taxol resistance due to altered microtubule function (Kavallaris et al., 1997), (FIG. 1E ). Collectively, these findings indicated that the taxol resistance observed inclone 18 does not result from either of these previously studied mechanisms.TABLE 1 Drug sensitivity of M2182tTA and Clone 18Fold of resistanceb Chemotherapy agents IC50 a ( Clone 18/(unit) M2182tTA Clone 18 M2182tTA) Adriamycin (ng/ml) 150.1 ± 9.9 133.33 ± 7.1 0.83 Etoposide (uM) 0.8 ± 0.03 0.65 ± 0.06 0.81 Vinblastine (nM) 7.5 ± 0.18 7.0 ± 0.21 0.93 Vincristine (nM) 11.5 ± 0.78 12 ± 0.42 1.09 Epothilone B (nM) 0.75 ± 0.35 0.68 ± 0.21 0.9 Taxol (nM) 7.2 ± 0.11 17.5 ± 0.18 2.45 Docetaxel (nM) 2.66 ± 0.11 6.93 ± 0.05 2.62
aDrug sensitivities were analyzed by the MTT assay as described in Experimental Procedures. IC50 is the drug concentration that inhibited cell survival by 50%. Values are the means ± SD of three independent determinations having quadruple repeats in each.
bFold of resistance was calculated by dividing IC50 ofclone 18 divided with IC50 of M2182tTA.
B. Identification and Characterization of Txr1 - Southern blot analysis of genomic DNA from
clone 18 cells indicated that the proviral form of the GSV had integrated into a single chromosomal site (data not shown). Genomic DNA fragments flanking this site were cloned using a PCR-based genome walking method as described in Experimental Procedures, and the sequences of PCR products were determined and analyzed by the BLAT program (http://genome.ucsc.edu). This analysis indicated that the GSV was inserted into a locus on chromosome 12 (region 12q13.13) at a position 499bp 5′ to a putative gene of unknown function that previously has been identified from expressed sequence tags (ESTs) (GeneID: 54458, symbol: DKFZp564J157). The longest EST reported from this locus, which consists of four putative exons and extends for about 5 kb (FIG. 2A ), is 1189 base pairs in length (accession number: BC001464). We designated the locus as txr1 (taxol resistance gene 1). Comparison of EST sequences corresponding to the txr1 locus revealed at least three transcriptional variants: variant 1 (NM—001005355), variant 2 (NM—018457), and variant 3 (NM—001005354). Whilevariants FIG. 2B ) (SEQ ID NO:16),variant 3 contains deletions in part of the sequence of the 5′UTR and the ORF and encodes an isoform (NP—001005354) lacking the coding sequence for the first 56 amino acids. - The amino acid composition of the protein predicted from analysis of the txr1 locus is noteworthy. The longest predicted gene product (Txr1) contains 44 proline residues (29.7% of entire protein) in the first 101 amino acids, eight histidines and thirteen lysines in the C-terminal 48 amino acid segment, and remarkably, a continuous stretch of 10 serine residues at the C-terminus (
FIG. 2B ). Further analysis revealed several putative αhelix motifs in the first 100 amino acids of the protein and putative βsheet structures near the C terminal end. Spatial alignment of prolines in Txr1 with prolines in other proteins having biological functions that include SH3/WW domain binding, RNA binding, and cell mobility—but no homology with other proteins in inter-proline spaces—was observed. - Northern blot analysis of total RNA isolated from
clone 18 detected a single txr1 transcript species migrating in agarose gels at 1.2 kb, which corresponds in length to theEST variant 1. This transcript species was upregulated five-fold inclone 18—and in the presence of Tc was reduced to the level found in the parental cell line (FIG. 2C , upper panel). Increased txr1 transcription inclone 18 was confirmed by RT-PCR analysis (FIG. 2C , lower panel). Immunoblotting experiments (FIG. 2B ) showed that the abundance of an 18 kDa species corresponding in size to the predicted full length Txr1 protein was five-fold higher inclone 18 than in parental cells and that its upregulation was reversed by Tc (FIG. 2D ). Immunofluorescence staining using anti-Txr1 antibody and direct visualization of a Txr1-GFP fusion protein both showed that Txr1 is localized predominantly in the nucleus (FIG. 2E ). Multiple-tissue Northern blotting indicated that txr1 transcripts are broadly expressed and are especially prominent in heart, kidney and leukocytes (FIG. 2F ). - C. Txr1 Upregulation is Necessary for the Taxane Resistance of
Clone 18 and is Sufficient to Induce Cellular Resistance to Taxanes in Naïve Cells - We further confirmed the role of Txr1 in the taxol resistance of
clone 18, and—in experiments that used two small interfering RNAs (siRNA1 and 2) complementary to the 5′ and 3′untranslated regions of txr1 to reduce expression of the gene—showed that upregulation of Txr1 is necessary for this resistance.Clone 18 cells that were transiently transfected with siRNAs against txr1 or with a scrambled siRNA sequence as a control showed a 75% to 80% decrease in cell survival in the presence of 10 nM taxol (FIGS. 3A, 3B , and 3C) and a concomitant reduction in steady state level of Txr1 protein as assessed by immunoblotting (FIG. 3D ). Similarly, treatment of naïve M2182tTA cells with siRNAs directed against txr1 resulted in decreased survival in the presence of taxol (FIGS. 3E, 3F , 3G, and 3H), but no difference in sensitivity to the non-taxane chemotherapeutic drugs adriamycin, etoposide, vinblastine, vincristine, and epothilone B (data not shown). We were unable to isolate cells that stably expressed Txr1 from the CMV promoter. However, infection of M2182tTA cells with the lentiviral construct pLEST-Txr1HA, which uses the TcRP promoter to express Txr-1 protein tagged with HA, and selection for continued cell growth in the presence of Tc led to the isolation of two clones (R1 and R2) that stably express Txr-1. These clones showed induction of Txr1 expression in the absence Tc (three-fold in R1 and 2.5-fold in R2,FIG. 4A ) and increased survival during exposure to a taxol concentration of 2.5 to 4 nM (FIGS. 4B, 4C , 4D, and 4E), confirming the role of txr1 in taxol resistance - D. Role of Thrombospondin-1 as a Regulator of Cellular Sensitivity to Taxol
- In initial experiments aimed at elucidating the mechanism underlying the taxane resistance observed in cells overexpressing Txr1, cDNA microarrays were used to compare the gene expression profiles for
clone 18 and M2182tTA cells in the presence or absence of Tc. The resulting data, which was analyzed using the GABRIEL system of rule-based computer programs (Pan et al., 2002, supra), identified 59 upregulated genes (FDR<0.001) and 49 downregulated genes (FDR=0.001) showing Tc-controlled differential expression (FIG. 5A , see gene list in Supplemental Data). Not surprisingly, txr1 itself was the most upregulated gene (6.8±1.0 fold), consistent with the prominently increased mRNA abundance we had detected by Northern blotting and RT-PCR (FIG. 2C ). The most downregulated transcript among the ˜28,000 analyzed on microarrays was encoded by thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1, 3.65±0.8 fold) (FIG. 5A , lower panel), an extensively studied gene that has both pro-apoptotic and anti-angiogenic activities. Analysis of the gene expression data inFIG. 5A using the proband-based rule of GABRIEL showed a dramatically negative Pearson correlation coefficient (r) of −0.92 between txr1 and TSP-1. Northern blotting confirmed that TSP-1 RNA abundance was sharply decreased inclone 18 when Tc was lacking from the media (i.e., during induction of Txr1 expression in this clone), and that expression of TSP-1 in the parental cell line was unaffected by Tc (FIG. 5B , upper panel). - To further explore the mechanism of Txr1 mediated TSP-1 downregulation, we examined the effects of Txr1 on TSP-1 transcription using firefly luciferase cDNA fused to the TSP-1 promoter region as a reporter (
FIG. 5C ). In a Tc-regulated Txr1-expressing M2182-derived clone (i.e., R2,FIG. 4 ) and in a HeLa cell-derived clone in which we adventitiously expressed Txr1 under the control of the TcRP promoter, addition of Tc resulted in a five- to six-fold increase in TSP-1 protein abundance (FIG. 5C , upper panel) accompanied by a similar increase in luciferase activity (FIG. 5C , lower panel), indicating that Txr1 negatively regulates TSP-1 expression at the level of transcription initiation. - Analysis of a previously published gene expression dataset for NCI-60 cancer cell-lines (Scherf et al., Nat. Genet. (2000) 24: 236-244) indicated that expression of Txr1 and TSP-1 was regulated reciprocally (r=−0.83) in 13 of 19 cell lines for which expression data were available for both genes. Among these 13 lines, the extent of cellular sensitivity to taxol showed a prominent negative correlation with the steady-state level of expression of txr1 (r=−0.86) and a positive correlation with TSP-1 (r=0.67) (
FIG. 5D ). These results argue that reciprocal expression of Txr1 and TSP-1 occurs commonly among cancer cell-lines and that the level of expression of these two genes is correlated with the extent of cellular sensitivity to taxol in multiple cancer cell types. - The effect of TSP-1, which normally is secreted and exists as an extracellular protein (Sid et al., Crit. Rev. Oncol. Hematol. (2004) 49: 245-258) was directed examined on taxane sensitivity by adding purified TSP-1 to clone 18 cells growing in culture. TSP-1 addition to the media was observed to result in dose-dependent partial reversal of the taxol resistance of clone 18 (
FIG. 6A ); however, no effects of TSP-1 on killing ofclone 18 cells by other chemotherapeutic agents we tested were observed (FIG. 6C ), indicating that the drug-potentiating effects of TSP-1 inclone 18 cells are specific to taxane. Addition of TSP-1 to cultures of naïve M2182tTA cells also reduced survival to taxol-mediated lethality (FIG. 6B ), and again, TSP-1 sensitization was not observed for the other chemotherapeutic drugs we tested (FIG. 6D ). - Whereas TSP-1 itself had only limited ability to reduce survival and induce apoptosis at the dosage added to cultures of
clone 18 cells in the above experiments, (FIGS. 6B , C, and D), it dramatically and synergistically increased taxol-induced apoptosis, as determined by TUNEL assay (FIG. 6E ). Conversely, decreasing the expression of endogenous TSP-1 to 30% of the control level (FIG. 6F ) by treatment of naïve M2182 cells with siRNA directed against TSP-1 transcripts resulted in survival at a taxol concentration (3 nM) that was lethal to an identical cell population transfected with control siRNA having a randomly scrambled sequence (FIG. 6G ). Lethality of other chemotherapeutic drugs in M2182 cells was unchanged by reduction of TSP-1 expression (data not shown). - 1. E. Sensitization to Taxanes is Mediated Through Interaction of TSP-1 with CD47 Receptors on the Cell Surface
- The results presented above indicate that Txr1 transcriptionally downregulates expression of TSP-1, that such downregulation can modulate taxane-induced apoptosis, and that exposure of taxane-resistant prostate cancer cells to TSP-1 in culture can increase the lethality of taxanes without affecting the actions of other chemotherapeutic agents in these cells. We wished to understand the basis for this taxane-related specificity. Earlier work has shown that the widely studied anti-angiogenic effects of TSP-1 result from its ability to promote apoptosis of endothelial cells through signaling pathways initiated by its interaction with CD36 receptors on the cell surface. TSP-1 can also regulate cell adhesion and migration through its interaction with a different receptor, CD47, also known as integrin-associated protein (IAP). During flow cytometry experiments that analyzed
clone 18 and M2182tTA cells for expression of each of these recpetors, we detected only CD47 (FIG. 7A )—leading us to hypothesize that this receptor protein may be implicated in the modulation of taxane resistance by TSP-1. To determine the correctness of this notion, we examined the ability of the CD47 agonist peptide 4N1K, which corresponds to a sequence (amino acid residues 1016 to 1023) near the C-terminal end of TSP-1, to affect taxane resistance; this peptide has been shown to bind highly specifically to CD47 and to actions on CD47-mediated signaling of cell migration that are similar to those of the full length TSP-1 protein. 4NGG, a non-active variant of the 4N1K peptide, and ABT-510, a CD36 agonist peptide, were used as controls. As seen inFIG. 7B , exposure ofclone 18 cells to 4N1K resulted in dose-dependent partial reversal of the taxol resistance induced by overexpression of Txr1 in clone 18 (FIG. 7B , left upper panel), whereas the same concentration of peptide 4NGG or ABT510 had no effect on taxol cytotoxicity (FIG. 7B , left middle and lower panels). Similarly, as we observed for the full length TSP-1 protein, addition of 4N1K, but not of 4NGG or ABT-510, to M2182tTA naïve cells growing in culture enhanced cell killing by taxol (FIG. 7B , right panels), further implicating CD47 in TSP-1 modulation of taxane cytotoxicity. Whereas CD47-mediated signaling by the 4N1K peptide had no detectable effects on the sensitivity of M2182tTA or clone 18 cells to other chemotherapeutic agents we tested (FIG. 7C ), TSP-1 interaction with the CD36 receptor recently has been reported to enhance the killing of endothelial cells by adriamycin (Quesada et al., Cell Death Differ. (2005)). - The above results indicate that CD47-mediated signalling by TSP-1 is sufficient to enhance the cytotoxicity of taxanes. Additional experiments that were carried out using an antibody that interferes with the functioning of CD47 (i.e. B6H12, (Blystone et al., J. Cell Biol. (1994) 127: 1129-1137; Gao et al., J. Cell Biol. (1996a) 135: 533-544; and Gao et al., J. Biol. Chem (1996b) 271: 21-24) show that in the cell lines that were studied, CD47 is also necessary for such enhancement. In these studies, the addition of anti-CD47 antibody resulted in a 2.2-fold increase in viability of M2182tTA cells to taxol treatment (
FIG. 7D , left panel). An increase in cells that survive taxol treatment was also observed during exposure of these cells to pertussus toxin, which uncouples the heterotrimeric inhibitory G protein, Gi from CD47 and interrupts CD47-mediated signaling (Moss and Vaughan, 1988), (FIG. 7D , center panel). Consistent with these observations, the ability of the 4N1K peptide to reverse taxol resistance inclone 18 cancer cells also depended on the function of CD47, as anti-CD47 antibody abrogated this effect (FIG. 7D , middle panel). Collectively, these experiments indicate that regulation of taxane cytotoxicity by TSP-1 is dependent on CD47-mediated signaling in the cells that were studied. - A. Role of txr1 Taxane-Induced Cytotoxicity and TSP-1 Expression
- The results reported here reveal the existence of a novel mechanism that both regulates expression of the pro-apoptotic, anti-angiogenic protein, thrombospondin-1 and modulates cellular cytoxicity by taxanes. Increased expression of a gene of previously unknown function, here designated as txr1, confers resistance to taxanes at least in part by transcriptionally downregulating TSP-1, and consequently reducing taxane-mediated apoptosis in human cancer cells. The effects of the txr1/TSP-1 pathway are distinct from previously elucidated mechanisms of taxol resistance and are dependent on the ability of a C-terminal peptide domain of TSP-1 to activate signaling mediated by the CD47 integrin associated protein on the surface of the tumor cells we studied.
- The function-based screening approach used to identify txr1 was designed to discover human genes whose homozygous inactivation by antisense RNA initiated -from a Tc-controlled retrovirus-borne chromosomally inserted promoter results in a phenotype of interest (Li and Cohen, 1996). However, the analysis of the DNA region containing the GSV inserted into the chromosome of
clone 18 indicated that the predicted transcriptional start site of the txr1 gene is located about 0.5kb 3′ to the GSV insertion site, and subsequent analysis of txr1 expression indicated that taxane resistance resulted from Tc-dependent activation, rather than downregulation, of txr1. We speculate that such upregulation of txr1 expression is a consequence of insertion of the Tc-dependent enhancer segment of the TcRP promoter near the gene's transcription start site. - The causal role of txr1 in determining the taxane resistance observed in
clone 18 was suggested initially by the concurrent regulation of Txr1 expression and taxol resistance by the GSV-borne promoter inserted at txr1 and by the effects of siRNA directed against txr1 transcripts in this cell clone. This role was confirmed by evidence that elevation of the steady-state level of Txr1 protein in naïve cells recapitulated the taxane resistance phenotype and the ability of siRNA against txr1 to increase cellular sensitivity to taxol. We subsequently found that increased Txr1 expression was accompanied by reciprocal downregulation of TSP-1 and a concommitant decrease in taxol-mediated apoptosis. - B. Actions of TSP-1 in Determining Cellular Sensitivity to Taxanes
- Although the functions of TSP-1 have been widely studied, its role in determining cellular sensitivity to taxanes previously has not been known. During our investigations, we observed decreased Txr1-dependent TSP-1 promoter activity, transcript abundance, and protein production—revealing Txr1 as a negative regulator of TSP-1 expression. We further found that resistance to taxol-induced cytotoxicity is reversed by addition of purified TSP-1 or the TSP-1 mimetic peptide 4N1K to cultures of
clone 18 cells, that sensitivity to taxane cytotoxicity is enhanced by TSP-1 or 4N1K in naïve cells, that the actions of TSP-1 and taxanes are synergistic in the killing of cancer cells, and that Txr1 upregulation and TSP-1 downregulation were highly correlated with reduced taxol sensitivity in 13 of 19 NCI-60 human cancer cell lines. Additionally, we found that antibody directed against the CD47 receptor interfered with the ability of TSP-1 and 4N1K to enhance taxane sensitivity. Together these findings demonstrate a mechanistic role of TSP-1 in mediating the effects of Txr1—and more generally, in modulating the effectiveness of taxol in the killing of cancer cells. - TSP-1 is an extracellular-matrix-bound adhesive glycoprotein that earlier was found to suppress tumorgenicity, cancer progression, and tumor metastasis by inhibiting endothelial cell proliferation and consequently, the angiogenesis required to supply growing cancers with oxygen and nutrients. TSP-1 expression is known to be downregulated by the Id1 transcription factor and a variety of oncogenes. The results reported here indicate Txr1 is also among the down-regulators of TSP-1.
- The anti-angiogenic actions of TSP-1, which occur through its interaction with the CD36 receptor on the surface of endothelial cells, are mimicked by the ABT-510 peptide, which interacts specifically with this receptor. These anti-angiogenic effects have been reported to be synergistic with the anti-tumor actions of chemotherapeutic agents, leading to a slowing of cancer progression in mice. Additionally, TSP-1 itself and the CD36-binding ABT-510 peptide which can enhance the ability of adriamycin and certain other chemotherapeutic drugs to kill endothelial cells that express CD36 have also been reported to induce apoptosis of tumor cells expressing the CD36 receptor, but not of cells lacking this receptor.
- The ability of the Txr1/TSP-1 pathway to modulate taxane sensitivity in prostate cancer cells growing in culture indicates a direct effect on the tumor cells rather than one mediated through angiogenesis. However, we show that the effects of TSP-1 on taxane-induced apoptosis are mediated through a different cell surface receptor, CD47, which previously has been implicated in the effects of TSP-1 and 4N1K on the signaling of platelet activation, cell migration and adhension, phagocytosis, and T-cell activation. The absence CD36 on the surface of M2182 cells and their derivatives, the ability of the CD47-specific 4N1K peptide to recapitulate TSP-1 effects in these cells, the ability of anti-CD47 antibody to mitigate the effects of TSP-1 and the 4N1K peptide on taxol sensitivity, and the ability of pertussis toxin—which interferes with Gi-dependent CD-47-mediated cell death—to alter taxane lethality collectively provide convincing evidence of the involvement of CD47 in the modulation of taxol sensitivity by Txr-1 and TSP-1.
- The absence of any detectable effect of ABT-510 on taxane sensitivity of M2182 or clone 18 cells is consistent with the absence of CD36 expression on the surface. However, adventitious expression of CD36 in M2182tTA cells failed to sensitize these prostate cancer cells to either the pro-apoptotic effects of ABT510 or to adriamycin (our unpublished data), suggesting that additional functions lacking in the tumor cells we have studied may be required to accomplish CD36-mediated signaling.
- Using transcripts initiated at a chromosomally integrated retrovirus-based promoter to perturb gene expression randomly in human prostate cancer cells, we isolated cell clones showing resistance to taxane lethality. We report here the role of a previously unidentified gene, txr1, in this phenotype. We show that txr1 is a transcriptional downregulator of thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1)—known earlier for its anti-angiogenic actions—and that decreased TSP-1 abundance impedes taxane-induced apoptosis in tumor cells. Adventitious downregulation of Txr1 or addition of TSP-1 or mimetic peptide sensitized cells to taxane cytotoxicity by activating signalling through the CD47 receptor (a.k.a. integrin associated protein), whereas interference with CD47 function reduced taxane cytotoxicity. Expression of Txr1 and TSP-1 were correlated negatively with each other and postively with taxol resistance in 13 of 19 NCI-60 cancer cell lines. Our results, which reveal a mechanism that concommitantly regulates both TSP-1 production and taxane resistance, show that the Txr1/TSP-1 pathway is a chemotherapeutic target.
- Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, it is readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art in light of the teachings of this invention that certain changes and modifications may be made thereto without departing from the spirit or scope of the appended claims.
- Accordingly, the preceding merely illustrates the principles of the invention. It will be appreciated that those skilled in the art will be able to devise various arrangements which, although not explicitly described or shown herein, embody the principles of the invention and are included within its spirit and scope. Furthermore, all examples and conditional language recited herein are principally intended to aid the reader in understanding the principles of the invention and the concepts contributed by the inventors to furthering the art, and are to be construed as being without limitation to such specifically recited examples and conditions. Moreover, all statements herein reciting principles, aspects, and embodiments of the invention as well as specific examples thereof, are intended to encompass both structural and functional equivalents thereof. Additionally, it is intended that such equivalents include both currently known equivalents and equivalents developed in the future, i.e., any elements developed that perform the same function, regardless of structure. The scope of the present invention, therefore, is not intended to be limited to the exemplary embodiments shown and described herein. Rather, the scope and spirit of present invention is embodied by the appended claims.
Claims (25)
1. A method of modulating angiogenesis in a subject, said method comprising:
administering to said subject an effective amount of a TXR1 modulatory agent.
2. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said method is a method of enhancing angiogenesis and said agent is a TXR1 agonist.
3. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said TXR1 agonist is a TXR1 mimetic.
4. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said TXR1 agonist increases expression of TXR1.
5. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said method is a method of inhibiting angiogenesis and said agent is a TXR1 antagonist.
6. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said TXR1 antagonist inhibits expression of TXR1.
7. The method according claim 1 , wherein said subject is a human.
8. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said method further comprises diagnosing the presence of a disease condition in a subject.
9. The method according to claim 8 , wherein said disease condition is a condition that may be treating by enhancing angiogenesis.
10. The method according to claim 8 , wherein said disease condition is a condition that may be treating by decreasing angiogenesis.
11. A method of inhibiting tumor growth in a subject, said method comprising:
administering to said subject an effective amount of a TXR1 antagonist.
12. The method according to claim 11 , wherein said agent inhibits TXR1 expression.
13. The method according claim 11 , wherein said subject is a human.
14. The method according to claim 11 , wherein said method further comprises diagnosing the presence of a disease condition in a subject.
15. The method according to claim 14 , wherein said disease condition is a condition that may be treated by decreasing angiogenesis.
16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a TXR1 modulatory agent in a pharmaceutical acceptable vehicle.
17. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 , wherein said TXR1 modulatory agent is a TXR1 antagonist.
18. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 , wherein said TXR1 modulatory agent is a TXR1 agonist.
19. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 , wherein said composition further includes a second angiogenesis modulatory agent.
20. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19 , wherein said second angiogenesis modulatory inhibits angiogenesis.
21. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 19 , wherein said second angiogenesis modulatory enhances angiogenesis.
22. A kit comprising:
a TXR1 modulatory agent; and
instructions for using said agent to modulate angiogenesis.
23. The kit according to claim 22 , wherein said TXR1 modulatory agent is a TXR1 agonist.
24. The kit according to claim 22 , wherein said TXR1 modulatory agent is a TXR1 antagonist.
25. The kit according to claim 22 , wherein said kit further comprises a second angiogenesis modulatory agent.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/357,922 US20060188508A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2006-02-16 | Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US65434305P | 2005-02-17 | 2005-02-17 | |
US11/357,922 US20060188508A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2006-02-16 | Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20060188508A1 true US20060188508A1 (en) | 2006-08-24 |
Family
ID=36917121
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/357,922 Abandoned US20060188508A1 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2006-02-16 | Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis |
US11/357,728 Expired - Fee Related US8691780B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2006-02-16 | Txr1 and enhanced taxane sensitivity based on the modulation of a pathway mediated thereby |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/357,728 Expired - Fee Related US8691780B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2006-02-16 | Txr1 and enhanced taxane sensitivity based on the modulation of a pathway mediated thereby |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US20060188508A1 (en) |
WO (2) | WO2006089209A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2014160183A1 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2014-10-02 | The United States Of America,As Represented By The Secretary,Department Of Health And Human Services | Methods for modulating chemotherapeutic cytotoxicity |
US20150126456A1 (en) * | 2012-06-06 | 2015-05-07 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Method and Pharmaceutical Composition for use in the Treatment of Cancer |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2015087167A (en) * | 2013-10-29 | 2015-05-07 | キヤノン株式会社 | Image processing method and image processing system |
US11400145B2 (en) | 2015-11-27 | 2022-08-02 | Cartherics Pty. Ltd. | Genetically modified cells and uses thereof |
Citations (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5415869A (en) * | 1993-11-12 | 1995-05-16 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Taxol formulation |
US6380161B1 (en) * | 1999-06-21 | 2002-04-30 | Inkine Pharmaceutical Company, Inc. | Compositions for treating chemotherapy-resistant tumor cells and targeted chemotherapy compositions |
US20040005563A1 (en) * | 2001-06-18 | 2004-01-08 | Eos Biotechnology, Inc. | Methods of diagnosis of ovarian cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of ovarian cancer |
US20040127441A1 (en) * | 2002-10-02 | 2004-07-01 | The University Of British Columbia | Compositions and Methods for Treatment of Prostate and Other Cancers |
US20060025377A1 (en) * | 2002-12-02 | 2006-02-02 | Park Chang S | Inhibitor of angiogenesis and kit for treating cancer comprising the inhibitor |
US20060030697A1 (en) * | 2002-03-25 | 2006-02-09 | Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research | Simple process for obtaining beta-aescin from indian horse chesnut (aesculus indica) |
US20060045880A1 (en) * | 2004-08-23 | 2006-03-02 | Krieg Paul A | Methods for modulating angiogenesis and apoptosis with apelin compositions |
US20060069028A1 (en) * | 2000-11-01 | 2006-03-30 | Praecis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Therapeutic agents and methods of use thereof for the modulation of angiogenesis |
US20060079672A1 (en) * | 2004-10-07 | 2006-04-13 | Paul Glidden | Kits for modulating angiogenesis |
US20060079472A1 (en) * | 2004-10-07 | 2006-04-13 | Paul Glidden | Methods for treating angiogenesis |
US20060079441A1 (en) * | 2004-10-07 | 2006-04-13 | Paul Glidden | Methods of modulating angiogenesis |
US20060079538A1 (en) * | 2004-05-13 | 2006-04-13 | Dennis Hallahan | Methods for inhibiting angiogenesis |
US20060088540A1 (en) * | 1999-01-06 | 2006-04-27 | University Of Southern California | Antagonists and methods for inhibiting angiogenesis |
US20060094046A1 (en) * | 2004-02-11 | 2006-05-04 | Arie Abo | Compositions and methods relating to angiogenesis and tumorigenesis |
US20060099143A1 (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2006-05-11 | Roy Bicknell | Antibodies binding to human magic roundabout (mr), polypeptides and uses thereof for inhibition angiogenesis |
US20060148675A1 (en) * | 2002-02-12 | 2006-07-06 | John Cooke | Methods of reducing angiogenesis |
Family Cites Families (27)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TW197439B (en) * | 1991-04-04 | 1993-01-01 | Ueno Pharmaceutics Applic Res Co Ltd | |
US5283253A (en) * | 1991-09-23 | 1994-02-01 | Florida State University | Furyl or thienyl carbonyl substituted taxanes and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
AU3140093A (en) | 1991-11-22 | 1993-06-15 | University Of Mississippi, The | Synthesis and optical resolution of the taxol side chain and related compounds |
US5200534A (en) * | 1992-03-13 | 1993-04-06 | University Of Florida | Process for the preparation of taxol and 10-deacetyltaxol |
AU4242993A (en) | 1992-05-21 | 1993-12-13 | Penn State Research Foundation, The | Cultured (taxus) tissues as a source of taxol, related taxanes and other novel anti-tumor/anti-viral compounds |
US5274137A (en) * | 1992-06-23 | 1993-12-28 | Nicolaou K C | Intermediates for preparation of taxols |
US5294637A (en) * | 1992-07-01 | 1994-03-15 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Fluoro taxols |
US5202448A (en) * | 1992-08-14 | 1993-04-13 | Napro Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Processes of converting taxanes into baccatin III |
CA2100808A1 (en) | 1992-10-01 | 1994-04-02 | Vittorio Farina | Deoxy paclitaxels |
FR2696458B1 (en) * | 1992-10-05 | 1994-11-10 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa | Process for the preparation of taxane derivatives. |
FR2696464B1 (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1994-11-10 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa | New esterification process for baccatin III and 10-deacetyl baccatin III. |
FR2696462B1 (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1994-11-25 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa | Process for obtaining 10-deacetyl baccatin III. |
FR2696461B1 (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1994-11-10 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa | New derivatives of taxol analogs, their preparation and compositions containing them. |
FR2696463B1 (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1994-11-25 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa | Process for obtaining 10-deacetyl baccatin III. |
US5279949A (en) * | 1992-12-07 | 1994-01-18 | Board Of Trustees Operating Michigan State University | Process for the isolation and purification of taxol and taxanes from Taxus spp |
US5824701A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1998-10-20 | Enzon, Inc. | Taxane-based prodrugs |
US5821263A (en) * | 1996-08-26 | 1998-10-13 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Sulfenamide taxane derivatives |
WO1998013059A1 (en) | 1996-09-27 | 1998-04-02 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Hydrolyzable prodrugs for delivery of anticancer drugs to metastatic cells |
US5977386A (en) | 1996-12-24 | 1999-11-02 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | 6-thio-substituted paclitaxels |
WO1998058927A1 (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1998-12-30 | Baker Norton Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Soluble prodrugs of paclitaxel |
US7288665B1 (en) | 1997-08-18 | 2007-10-30 | Florida State University | Process for selective derivatization of taxanes |
DE69729128T2 (en) | 1997-10-08 | 2005-04-28 | Bio Research Corporation Of Yokohama, Yokohama | TAXOID DERIVATIVES AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF |
JP2002518010A (en) * | 1998-06-16 | 2002-06-25 | ヒューマン ジノーム サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド | 94 human secreted proteins |
US20020119921A1 (en) * | 1999-03-31 | 2002-08-29 | Michael Streit | Thrombospondin-2 and uses thereof |
DE60011612T2 (en) * | 1999-04-28 | 2005-07-07 | Board of Regents, The University of Texas System, Austin | Compositions and methods of cancer treatment by the selective inhibition of VEGF |
US20060024000A1 (en) * | 2004-03-11 | 2006-02-02 | Sigalas Mihail M | Conducting cavity sensor |
US20060240002A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2006-10-26 | Brooks Peter C | Methods of inhibiting angiogenesis-dependent conditions mediated by cryptic epitopes of extracellular matrix components |
-
2006
- 2006-02-16 US US11/357,922 patent/US20060188508A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-02-16 US US11/357,728 patent/US8691780B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2006-02-16 WO PCT/US2006/005804 patent/WO2006089209A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-02-16 WO PCT/US2006/005824 patent/WO2006089218A2/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5415869A (en) * | 1993-11-12 | 1995-05-16 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Taxol formulation |
US20060088540A1 (en) * | 1999-01-06 | 2006-04-27 | University Of Southern California | Antagonists and methods for inhibiting angiogenesis |
US6380161B1 (en) * | 1999-06-21 | 2002-04-30 | Inkine Pharmaceutical Company, Inc. | Compositions for treating chemotherapy-resistant tumor cells and targeted chemotherapy compositions |
US20060069028A1 (en) * | 2000-11-01 | 2006-03-30 | Praecis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Therapeutic agents and methods of use thereof for the modulation of angiogenesis |
US20040005563A1 (en) * | 2001-06-18 | 2004-01-08 | Eos Biotechnology, Inc. | Methods of diagnosis of ovarian cancer, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of ovarian cancer |
US20060148675A1 (en) * | 2002-02-12 | 2006-07-06 | John Cooke | Methods of reducing angiogenesis |
US20060030697A1 (en) * | 2002-03-25 | 2006-02-09 | Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research | Simple process for obtaining beta-aescin from indian horse chesnut (aesculus indica) |
US20040127441A1 (en) * | 2002-10-02 | 2004-07-01 | The University Of British Columbia | Compositions and Methods for Treatment of Prostate and Other Cancers |
US20060099143A1 (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2006-05-11 | Roy Bicknell | Antibodies binding to human magic roundabout (mr), polypeptides and uses thereof for inhibition angiogenesis |
US20060025377A1 (en) * | 2002-12-02 | 2006-02-02 | Park Chang S | Inhibitor of angiogenesis and kit for treating cancer comprising the inhibitor |
US20060094046A1 (en) * | 2004-02-11 | 2006-05-04 | Arie Abo | Compositions and methods relating to angiogenesis and tumorigenesis |
US20060079538A1 (en) * | 2004-05-13 | 2006-04-13 | Dennis Hallahan | Methods for inhibiting angiogenesis |
US20060045880A1 (en) * | 2004-08-23 | 2006-03-02 | Krieg Paul A | Methods for modulating angiogenesis and apoptosis with apelin compositions |
US20060079441A1 (en) * | 2004-10-07 | 2006-04-13 | Paul Glidden | Methods of modulating angiogenesis |
US20060079472A1 (en) * | 2004-10-07 | 2006-04-13 | Paul Glidden | Methods for treating angiogenesis |
US20060079672A1 (en) * | 2004-10-07 | 2006-04-13 | Paul Glidden | Kits for modulating angiogenesis |
Non-Patent Citations (4)
Title |
---|
Bowie et al. (Science, 1990, 257:1306-1310) * |
Burgess et al. (J of Cell Bio. 111:2129-2138, 1990) * |
Lazar et al. (Molecular and Cellular Biology, 1988, 8:1247-1252) * |
Nicholson and Theodorescu (J. Cell. Biochem. 12/1/2003, 91:125-150) * |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20150126456A1 (en) * | 2012-06-06 | 2015-05-07 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Method and Pharmaceutical Composition for use in the Treatment of Cancer |
US9198949B2 (en) * | 2012-06-06 | 2015-12-01 | Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) | Method and pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of cancer |
US10759843B2 (en) * | 2012-06-06 | 2020-09-01 | Philippe Karoyan | Method and pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of cancer |
WO2014160183A1 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2014-10-02 | The United States Of America,As Represented By The Secretary,Department Of Health And Human Services | Methods for modulating chemotherapeutic cytotoxicity |
AU2014244083B2 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2018-09-27 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Methods for modulating chemotherapeutic cytotoxicity |
US11285169B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2022-03-29 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Methods for modulating chemotherapeutic cytotoxicity |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20070209082A1 (en) | 2007-09-06 |
WO2006089209A3 (en) | 2007-04-12 |
WO2006089209A2 (en) | 2006-08-24 |
US8691780B2 (en) | 2014-04-08 |
WO2006089218A3 (en) | 2009-04-09 |
WO2006089218A2 (en) | 2006-08-24 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU758353B2 (en) | Polypeptides homologous to VEGF and BMP1 | |
EP1196186B1 (en) | Promotion or inhibition of angiogenesis and cardiovascularization by tumor necrosis factor ligand/receptor homologs | |
EP1644038A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for restoring sensitivity of tumor cells to antitumor therapy and inducing apoptosis | |
JP2004154140A (en) | Promotion or inhibition of angioplasty and cardiovascular neogenesis | |
US20060188508A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for modulating angiogenesis | |
CA2398775A1 (en) | Inhibitor of hepatocyte growth factor activator for use in modulation of angiogenesis and cardiovascularization | |
WO1999014234A2 (en) | Promotion or inhibition of angiogenesis and cardiovascularization | |
DE60038740T2 (en) | Stimulation or inhibition of angiogenesis and cardiovascularisation | |
JP2004502444A (en) | Methods and compositions related to muscle selective calcineurin interacting protein (MCIP) | |
JP3792655B2 (en) | Novel oncogene, recombinant protein derived from the oncogene, and uses thereof | |
JP2004073182A (en) | Insulin resistance-improving agent | |
JP4530631B2 (en) | Novel protein and cancer preventive / therapeutic agent | |
JP4353697B2 (en) | Cancer preventive / therapeutic agent | |
JPWO2005061704A1 (en) | Cancer preventive / therapeutic agent | |
AU2003204852B2 (en) | Polypeptides homologous to VEGF and BMP1 | |
JP2002355063A (en) | New disease-associated gene and its use | |
JP4300008B2 (en) | Novel protein and its DNA | |
WO2004002514A1 (en) | Preventives/remedies for cancer | |
WO2003097686A1 (en) | Novel protein, its dna and use thereof | |
JP2001299364A (en) | New polypeptide and dna encoding the same | |
JP2004105171A (en) | Prophylactic/remedy for cancer | |
JP2005015460A (en) | Use of sglt homolog | |
JP2001299363A (en) | New polypeptide and dna encoding the same | |
JP2004173677A (en) | New protein and its dna | |
Challa | Understanding the functions of vimentin filaments in collagen expression and targeting vimentin filaments for the treatment of fibrosis |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIO Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:COHEN, STANLEY N.;LIH, CHIH-JIAN;REEL/FRAME:017774/0112 Effective date: 20060411 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |